Author: minton Date: 2016-09-02 23:31:22 +0200 (Fri, 02 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96667 Added: trunk/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/cio.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/country.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/nis.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/printer.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/rear.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/update.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/users.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po trunk/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po Log: de merged Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 15:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -95,15 +95,16 @@ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Medium: %1, Pfad: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n" -#. error report -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." +msgstr "Stellen Sie das Add-on \"%1\" über \"%2\" bereit." + +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Add-On-Produkt konnte nicht hinzugefügt werden." -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." -msgstr "Stellen Sie das Add-on \"%1\" über \"%2\" bereit." - #. placeholder for unknown path #. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media #. placeholder for unknown directory Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 22:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -20,1132 +20,1870 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46 -msgid "Authentication client configuration module" -msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul des Authentifizierungsclients" +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Realm name" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56 -msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" -msgstr "Übersicht über die Konfiguration des Authentifizierungsclients" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" -#. translators: command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61 -msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" -msgstr "Erstelle autoyast rnc anhand @parameters" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" +msgstr "" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Principal Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "User Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" +msgstr "" + +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" + +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgid "Please enter realm name." +msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die neue Domäne an." + +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Reset" +msgstr "" + +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" +msgstr "" + +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsanbieter:" + +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Please enter server URI." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +msgid "Please enter DN of search base." +msgstr "" + +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" + +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" + +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +msgid "(not specified)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" +msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich entfernen?" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" +msgstr "Home-Verzeichnis bei Anmeldung erstellen" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +msgid "Secure LDAP communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +msgid "Do Not Use Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +msgid "Test Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +msgid "Extended Options" +msgstr "" + +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "All Authentication Realms" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsanbieter:" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Add Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +msgid "Edit Realm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete" +msgid "Delete Realm" +msgstr "Löschen" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" +msgstr "" + +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "User Logon Management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Settings:" +msgid "Change Settings" +msgstr "Grundeinstellungen:" + +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "User Logon Configuration" +msgstr "Globale Konfiguration" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" +msgstr "Globale Konfiguration" + +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Name" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Wert" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Full Computer Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New Domain" +msgid "Network Domain" +msgstr "Neue Domain hinzufügen" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "IP Addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activate Domain" +msgid "Identity Domains" +msgstr "Domäne aktivieren" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beschreibung" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Extended options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Name filter:" +msgstr "Name des Filters:" + #. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Nichts." #. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Obligatorische Parameter" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Optionale Parameter" #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Bitte vervollständigen Sie alle der folgenden obligatorischen Parameter:\n" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" -msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" -msgstr "Authentifizierungsclient-Konfiguration (SSSD)" - -#. Overview of all config sections -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Global Configuration" +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globale Konfiguration" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name filter:" +msgid "Name switch" +msgstr "Name des Filters:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication provider:" +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Authentifizierungsanbieter:" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "Sudo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Auto-Mount" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "SSH Public Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Daemon Status: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Running" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Stopped" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Home-Verzeichnis bei Anmeldung erstellen" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" -msgstr "SSSD-Daemon aktivieren" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Enable domain data source:" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73 -msgid "Sections" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Join Domain" +msgstr "Domäne" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activate Domain" +msgid "Leave Domain" +msgstr "Domäne aktivieren" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +msgid "Clear Domain Cache" +msgstr "" + +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sections" +msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Abschnitte:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "New Service/Domain" -msgstr "Neuer Dienst/Domäne" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain" +msgid "Domain Options" +msgstr "Domäne" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77 -msgid "Delete Service/Domain" -msgstr "Dienst/Domäne löschen" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." +msgstr "" +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "Use this domain" +msgstr "" + +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. #. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114 -msgid "Customisation - %s" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customisation - %s" +msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Anpassung - %s" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "Name" +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Please select a domain among the list." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "Value" -msgstr "Wert" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" +msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" +msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich entfernen?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "Beschreibung" +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "More Parameters" -msgstr "Weitere Parameter" +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Name filter:" -msgstr "Name des Filters:" +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Ihr System ist für die Benutzung mit nss_ldap eingerichtet.\n" -"Dieses Modul ist dafür entworfen ihr System mit sssd einzurichten\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren wird Ihre nss_ldap-Konfiguration entfernt.\n" -"Möchten Sie fortfahren?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" -"Your system is configured as OES client.\n" -"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" -"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" -"Do you want to continue?" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" -"Ihr System ist für die Benutzung als OES-Client eingerichtet\n" -"Dieses Modul ist dafür entworfen ihr System mit sssd einzurichten\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren wird Ihre OES-Client-Konfiguration deaktiviert\n" -"Möchten Sie fortfahren?" -#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service) -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223 -msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." -msgstr "Der Abschnitt SSSD kann nicht gelöscht werden." +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225 -msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?" -msgstr "Wollen Sie den Abschnitt %1 wirklich entfernen?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" + #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Dies ist ein obligatorischer Parameter, der nicht gelöscht werden darf." #. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Bestätigen Sie die Löschung des Parameters:" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +#| "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +#| "Do you still wish to continue?" msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" -"Do you still wish to continue?" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" "Dieser Parameter ist wichtig. Das Löschen des Parameters kann einen Fehler beim Starten von SSSD verursachen.\n" "Bitte lesen Sie die SSSD Manual Page bevor Sie fortfahren.\n" "Möchten Sie wirklich fortfahren?" #. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305 -msgid "No domain enabled" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No domain enabled" +msgid "No domain" msgstr "Keine Domäne aktiviert" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" +#| "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +#| "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgid "" -"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n" -"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" "Es gibt keine aktiven Domänen im [sssd] \"Domänen\"-Parameter.\n" "SSSD wird nicht gestartet. Es wird nur die lokale Authentifizierung verfügbar sein.\n" "Möchten Sie diese Konfiguration schreiben?" -#. user must correct the mistake -#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323 -msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" -msgstr "Inaktive Domäne(n) gefunden" +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +msgid "All cached data have been erased." +msgstr "" -#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49 -msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" -msgstr "Möchten Sie einen anderen Dienst aktivieren oder einer Domäne beitreten?" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "" -#. New service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Dienst" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Username" +msgstr "" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58 -msgid "Domain" -msgstr "Domäne" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Password" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61 -msgid "Domain name (example.com):" -msgstr "Domänenname (example.com):" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64 -msgid "Identification provider:" -msgstr "Identifikationsanbieter:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69 -msgid "Authentication provider:" -msgstr "Authentifizierungsanbieter:" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72 -msgid "Activate Domain" -msgstr "Domäne aktivieren" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new service -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105 -msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." -msgstr "Es können keine weiteren Dienste aktiviert werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +msgid "(DNS error)" +msgstr "" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123 -msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." -msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die neue Domäne an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "The domain name is already in-use." -msgstr "Der Domänenname wird bereits verwendet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Already enrolled" +msgstr "" -#. Define Global Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108 -msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." -msgstr "Gibt die Syntax für die Konfigurationsdatei an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "Not yet enrolled" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114 -msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Services, die gestartet werden sollen, wenn SSSD selbst gestartet wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Active Directory enrollment" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Current status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +msgid "Gathering status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +msgid "Please enter both username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" -"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" msgstr "" + +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" -"Unterstützte Dienste: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +"Command output:\n" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Local SSSD file database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "FreeIPA" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "Generic Kerberos service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" +msgstr "" + +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Domain name (example.com):" +msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" +msgstr "Domänenname (example.com):" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable SSSD daemon" +msgid "Enable the domain" +msgstr "SSSD-Daemon aktivieren" + +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain." +msgid "Please enter the domain name." +msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die neue Domäne an." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "The domain name is already in-use." +msgstr "Der Domänenname wird bereits verwendet." + +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "Angabe, wie oft die Services versuchen sollen, die Verbindung wiederherzustellen, wenn ein Absturz beim Datenanbieter auftritt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125 -msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "SSSD kann mehrere Domänen gleichzeitig nutzen, allerdings muss mindestens eine Domäne konfiguriert sein, da SSSD sonst nicht gestartet wird." - -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126 -msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." -msgstr "Dieser Parameter enthält die Liste der Domänen in der Reihenfolge, in der sie abgefragt werden." - -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130 -msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "Regulärer Standardausdruck, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne in diesen Komponenten analysiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" msgstr "Das standardmäßige printf(3)-kompatible Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, Domäne) in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138 -msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" msgstr "SSSD überwacht den Status von resolv.conf und ermittelt den Zeitpunkt, an dem der interne DNS-Auflöser aktualisiert werden muss." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139 -msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "Standardmäßig wird hierfür inotify verwendet. Falls inotify nicht verfügbar ist, erfolgt ein Fallback auf das Abrufen von resolv.conf in Abständen von fünf Sekunden." - -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" msgstr "Verzeichnis im Dateisystem, in dem SSSD die Kerberos-Wiedergabe-Cache-Dateien speichern soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147 -msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "Diese Zeichenfolge wird als standardmäßiger Domänenname für alle Namen verwendet, die keinen Domänennamenbestandteil umfassen." #. Define Global Services Parameters -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154 -msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." -msgstr "Bitmaske, die die sichtbaren Debug-Ebenen angibt. 0x0010 ist der Standardwert und zugleich der niedrigste zulässige Wert, 0xFFF0 bezeichnet den ausführlichsten Modus." +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Debug-Meldungen mit Zeitstempel versehen" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Mikrosekunden zum Zeitstempel in Debug-Meldungen hinzufügen" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169 -msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." +msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) zwischen den Heartbeats für diesen Service." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179 -msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "Diese Option gibt die maximale Anzahl der Dateideskriptoren an, die gleichzeitig durch diesen SSSD-Prozess geöffnet werden können." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184 -msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "Diese Option gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, den ein Client eines SSSD-Prozesses einen Dateideskriptor beibehalten kann, ohne damit zu kommunizieren." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189 -msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "Wenn ein Service nicht auf Ping-Prüfungen reagiert (siehe Option 'Zeitüberschreitung'), wird zunächst das SIGTERM-Signal gesendet, mit dem die ordnungsgemäße Beendigung des Service angewiesen wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "" -#. NSS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "Über welchen Zeitraum (in Sekunden) sollen Aufzählungen in nss_sss zwischengespeichert werden (Anforderungen nach Informationen zu allen Benutzern)?" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "Der Eintrags-Cache kann so eingestellt werden, dass die Einträge automatisch im Hintergrund aktualisiert werden, wenn sie über einen Prozentsatz des Werts entry_cache_timeout für die Domäne hinaus angefordert werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den nss_sss negative Cache-Treffer (also Abfragen nach ungültigen Datenbankeinträgen, z. B. nach nicht vorhandenen Einträgen) zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Schließt bestimmte Benutzer vom Abruf durch den SSS-Backend aus" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Schließt bestimmte Gruppen vom Abruf durch den SSS-Backend aus" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Wenn die gefilterten Benutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder bleiben sollen, stellen Sie diese Option auf 'false' ein." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Setzt die Anmelde-Shell für alle Benutzer außer Kraft." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Beschränkt die Benutzer-Shell auf einen der aufgeführten Werte." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Ersetzt alle Instanzen dieser Shells durch die shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem Computer installiert ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche keine Shell zurückgibt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Liste der Subdomänen gültig sein soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Datensätze im Cache im Arbeitsspeicher gültig sein sollen." -#. PAM configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Tagen seit der letzten erfolgreichen Online-Anmeldung), über den zwischengespeicherte Anmeldungen zulässig sein sollen, wenn der Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Minuten), der nach dem Erreichen von offline_failed_login_attempts ablaufen muss, bevor der nächste Anmeldeversuch möglich ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "Steuert die Art der Meldungen, die dem Benutzer während der Authentifizierung angezeigt werden sollen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den neuesten Daten erfolgt." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788 -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Zeigt n Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an." -#. SUDO configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "Angabe, ob die Attribute 'sudoNotBefore' und 'sudoNotAfter', mit denen zeitabhängige Sudoers-Einträge implementiert werden, ausgewertet werden sollen oder nicht." -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den der autofs-Responder negative Cache-Treffer zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." -#. SSH configuration options -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "Angabe, ob ein Hash-Vorgang für die Hostnamen und Adressen in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' durchgeführt werden soll oder nicht." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden), über den ein Host in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' beibehalten werden soll, nachdem seine Hostschlüssel angefordert wurden." -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "UID- und GID-Grenzwerte für die Domäne. Wenn eine Domäne einen Eintrag enthält, der außerhalb dieser Grenzwerte liegt, wird sie ignoriert." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "Liest alle Einheiten aus der Backend-Datenbank (Serverauslastung erhöhen)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "Wenn der Service nicht nach “force_timeout” Sekunden beendet wird, erzwingt das Überwachungsprogramm die Beendigung mit einem SIGKILL-Signal." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Benutzereinträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Gruppeneinträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Netgroup-Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden nss_sss Service-Einträge als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden sudo Regeln als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "Wie viele Sekunden der autofs-Dienst automounter maps als gültig betrachten soll, bevor es erneut das Backend abfragt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Cache-Berechtigungen für Offline-Benutzer" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "Anzahl an Tagen welche die Einträge nach dem letzten erfolgreichen Anmeldevorgang im Zwischenspeicher gehalten werden, bevor sie beim aufräumen des Zwischenspeichers entfernt werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Identifikationsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "Geben Sie den vollständigen Namen und die Domäne (gemäß dem full_name_format der Domäne) als Anmeldenamen des Benutzers an, der an NSS gemeldet werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "Der Authentifizierungsanbieter für die Domäne" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Zugriffssteuerungsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Passwortänderungen für die Domäne verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der SUDO-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Laden von selinux-Einstellungen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Abrufen von Subdomänen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der autofs-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Hostidentitätsdaten abrufen soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "Regulärer Ausdruck für diese Domäne, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne diesen Komponenten entsprechend analysiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "Ein printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, Domäne) für diese Domäne in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "Ermöglicht die Auswahl der bevorzugten Adressfamilie für DNS-Suchvorgänge." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den auf eine Antwort des DNS-Auflösers gewartet werden soll, bevor angenommen wird, dass der Auflöser nicht erreichbar ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "Wenn die Service-Ermittlung im Back-End verwendet wird: Gibt den Domänenteil der DNS-Abfrage für die Service-Ermittlung an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Überschreibt den primären GID-Wert mit dem angegebenen Wert." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Bei Benutzer- und Gruppennamen auf die Groß/Kleinschreibung achten." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe nach dem Namen im Proxy-Anbieter gesucht wird, wird eine zweite Suche nach ID durchgeführt, mit der der Name 'kanonisiert' wird, falls der angeforderte Name ein Alias ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "Verwendet dieses 'homedir' als Standardwert für alle Subdomänen in dieser Domäne." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Benutzern die sich anmelden dürfen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Gruppen die sich anmelden dürfen. Dies bezieht sich nur auf Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domain." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Eine durch Komma getrennte Liste von Gruppen denen explizit der Zugriff verweigert wird. Dies bezieht sich nur auf Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domain." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "'base_directory' wird mithilfe der Werkzeuge durch den Anmeldenamen ergänzt und als Home-Verzeichnis verwendet." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Gibt an, ob für neue Benutzer standardmäßig ein neues Home-Verzeichnis angelegt werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Gibt an, ob ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer standardmäßig entfernt werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Legt in sss_useradd(8) die Standardberechtigungen für soeben erstellte Home-Verzeichnisse fest." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "Das Gerüstverzeichnis, in dem sich Dateien und Verzeichnisse befinden, die in das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden sollen, wenn das Home-Verzeichnis mit sss_useradd(8) erstellt wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Das Mail-Spool-Verzeichnis." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Das Kommando, das nach dem Entfernen eines Benutzers ausgeführt wird." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URIs (ldap://) der LDAP-Server (separiert durch Kommata)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Basis-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-sudo-Regeln." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Basis-DN für die LDAP-Suche" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP-Schematyp" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Das Authentifizierungs-Token des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Benutzereintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Anmeldenamen eines Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur primären Gruppen-ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum GECOS-Feld des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten Passwortänderung) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortwarnung) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortinaktivität) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung auftritt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben angegeben werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und diese Einträge entfernt, um Platz zu sparen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum vollständigen Namen des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers aufgeführt sind." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Gruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur Gruppen-ID gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Gruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Die Objektklasse eines Netzgruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Netzgruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Netzgruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Service-Eintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server beibehalten werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deaktiviert die LDAP-Paging-Steuerung." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Das Server-Zertifikat in der LDAP-TLS Session validieren" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, die in SSSD erkannt werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die das Zertifikat für den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Gibt die zulässigen Cipher-Suites an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS verwenden muss." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu übernehmen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Mechanismus an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende SASL-Autorisierungs-ID an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Bereich an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung kanonisiert wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende Keytab für SASL/GSSAPI an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite ausgewertet werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Gibt an, ob die automatische Verweisverfolgung aktiviert werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server gefunden werden soll, der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter (Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff auf diesen Host zu erhalten." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Die IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server (separiert durch Kommata)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos-Bereich (z. B. EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können hier alternative Server definiert werden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern des Anmeldedaten-Cache." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Speicherort des Anmeldedaten-Cache des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von Manipulationen ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-Vorabauthentifizierung." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Gibt den zu verwendenden Server-Principal für FAST an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der Active Directory-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Die IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server (separiert durch Kommata)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der AD-Server, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177 -msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Optional. Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen in der Active Directory-Domäne zum Identifizieren dieses Hosts übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Gibt die Anzahl der verfügbaren IDs für die einzelnen Scheiben an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie die Domänen-SID der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der IPA-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Die IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der IPA-Server (separiert durch Kommata)" -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238 -msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." -msgstr "Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen übereinstimmt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "Optional. Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen in der Active Directory-Domäne zum Identifizieren dieses Hosts übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Der Speicherort des Automounters, den dieser IPA Client verwendet." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse dieses Clients zu aktualisieren." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet werden soll." -#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates verwendet werden soll." -#. autofs may only start after sssd is started -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230 -msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." -msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des %s Dienstes. Bitte verwenden Sie das System-Journal um den Fehler zu finden." +#~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul des Authentifizierungsclients" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232 -msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des %s Dienstes. Bitte verwenden Sie das System-Journal (journalctl -n -u %s) um den Fehler zu finden." +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client" +#~ msgstr "Übersicht über die Konfiguration des Authentifizierungsclients" -#. end Export -#. ################################################################ -#. ################################################################ -#. Summary() -#. returns html formated configuration summary -#. @return summary -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345 -msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" -msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von nss_ldap konfiguriert.\n" +#~ msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters" +#~ msgstr "Erstelle autoyast rnc anhand @parameters" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348 -msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" -msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von SSSD konfiguriert.\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Authentication Client Configuration (sssd)" +#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Authentifizierungsclient-Konfiguration (SSSD)" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354 -msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" -msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von OES konfiguriert.\n" +#~ msgid "New Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "Neuer Dienst/Domäne" -#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357 -msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" -msgstr "Das System ist nur für die Verwendung von /etc/passwd konfiguriert.\n" +#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain" +#~ msgstr "Dienst/Domäne löschen" +#~ msgid "More Parameters" +#~ msgstr "Weitere Parameter" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +#~ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihr System ist für die Benutzung mit nss_ldap eingerichtet.\n" +#~ "Dieses Modul ist dafür entworfen ihr System mit sssd einzurichten\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie fortfahren wird Ihre nss_ldap-Konfiguration entfernt.\n" +#~ "Möchten Sie fortfahren?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Your system is configured as OES client.\n" +#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n" +#~ "If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n" +#~ "Do you want to continue?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ihr System ist für die Benutzung als OES-Client eingerichtet\n" +#~ "Dieses Modul ist dafür entworfen ihr System mit sssd einzurichten\n" +#~ "Wenn Sie fortfahren wird Ihre OES-Client-Konfiguration deaktiviert\n" +#~ "Möchten Sie fortfahren?" + +#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD." +#~ msgstr "Der Abschnitt SSSD kann nicht gelöscht werden." + +#~ msgid "Inactive domain(s) found" +#~ msgstr "Inaktive Domäne(n) gefunden" + +#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?" +#~ msgstr "Möchten Sie einen anderen Dienst aktivieren oder einer Domäne beitreten?" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Dienst" + +#~ msgid "Identification provider:" +#~ msgstr "Identifikationsanbieter:" + +#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled." +#~ msgstr "Es können keine weiteren Dienste aktiviert werden." + +#~ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file." +#~ msgstr "Gibt die Syntax für die Konfigurationsdatei an." + +#~ msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +#~ msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Services, die gestartet werden sollen, wenn SSSD selbst gestartet wird." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Unterstützte Dienste: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh" + +#~ msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +#~ msgstr "SSSD kann mehrere Domänen gleichzeitig nutzen, allerdings muss mindestens eine Domäne konfiguriert sein, da SSSD sonst nicht gestartet wird." + +#~ msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +#~ msgstr "Dieser Parameter enthält die Liste der Domänen in der Reihenfolge, in der sie abgefragt werden." + +#~ msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +#~ msgstr "Standardmäßig wird hierfür inotify verwendet. Falls inotify nicht verfügbar ist, erfolgt ein Fallback auf das Abrufen von resolv.conf in Abständen von fünf Sekunden." + +#~ msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +#~ msgstr "Bitmaske, die die sichtbaren Debug-Ebenen angibt. 0x0010 ist der Standardwert und zugleich der niedrigste zulässige Wert, 0xFFF0 bezeichnet den ausführlichsten Modus." + +#~ msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +#~ msgstr "Wenn ein Service nicht auf Ping-Prüfungen reagiert (siehe Option 'Zeitüberschreitung'), wird zunächst das SIGTERM-Signal gesendet, mit dem die ordnungsgemäße Beendigung des Service angewiesen wird." + +#~ msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." +#~ msgstr "Kann auf Computern eingestellt werden, bei denen hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen übereinstimmt." + +#~ msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose." +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des %s Dienstes. Bitte verwenden Sie das System-Journal um den Fehler zu finden." + +#~ msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des %s Dienstes. Bitte verwenden Sie das System-Journal (journalctl -n -u %s) um den Fehler zu finden." + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n" +#~ msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von nss_ldap konfiguriert.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n" +#~ msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von SSSD konfiguriert.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n" +#~ msgstr "Das System ist für die Verwendung von OES konfiguriert.\n" + +#~ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n" +#~ msgstr "Das System ist nur für die Verwendung von /etc/passwd konfiguriert.\n" + #~ msgid "Authentication Client Config" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration des Authentifizierungsclients" @@ -1191,9 +1929,6 @@ #~ msgid "New" #~ msgstr "Neu" -#~ msgid "Add New Domain" -#~ msgstr "Neue Domain hinzufügen" - #~ msgid "Name:" #~ msgstr "Name:" @@ -1206,9 +1941,6 @@ #~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!" #~ msgstr "Sie müssen einen Domainnamen angeben!" -#~ msgid "Basic Settings:" -#~ msgstr "Grundeinstellungen:" - #~ msgid "Services:" #~ msgstr "Dienste:" @@ -1230,9 +1962,6 @@ #~ msgid "Edit" #~ msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#~ msgid "Delete" -#~ msgstr "Löschen" - #~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident ity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>" #~ msgstr "SSSD stellt eine Reihe von Daemons zur Verfügung, mit denen der Zugriff auf Remote-Verzeichnisse und Authentifizierungsmechanismen möglich ist.<br>Sie müssen mindestens eine Authentifizierungsdomäne konfigurieren.<br>Als erstes müssen Sie die Identifikation und den Authentifizierungsanbieter der für die Domäne verwendet wird, einstellen.<br> Im nächsten Schritt müssen Sie einige obligatorische Parameter für die ausgewählten Anbieter setzen. Später können Sie alle verfügbaren Parameter für die ausgewählte Identifikation und den Authentifizierungsanbieter auswählen. SSSD unterstützt die folgenden ID_Anbieter:<br><b>proxy</b>: Unterstützung eines Legacy NSS Anbieters.<br><b>local</b>: interner SSSD Anbieter für lokale Benutzer.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP Anbieter. Mehr Informationen zur Konfiguration von LDAP siehe sssd-ldap(5).<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA und Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management Anbieter.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory Anbieter.<br>Unterstützte Authentifizierungsanbieter sind:<br><b>ldap</b> für native LDAP-Authentifizierung.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA und Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management Anbieter.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory Anbieter.<br><b>proxy</b> um die Authentifizierung an ein anderes PAM Ziel weiterzuleiten.<br><b>none</b> schaltet die Authentifizierung explizit aus.<br>Der standardmäßige Authentifizierungsanbieter ist der ID_Anbieter.<br>" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/auth-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf <hendrikw@arcor.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -309,8 +309,7 @@ msgstr "Bei einem &SLP-Daemon anmelden" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" @@ -458,12 +457,12 @@ msgid "Configure Account for Replication" msgstr "Konto für Replikation einrichten" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" msgstr "ist kein gültiger LDAP-DN" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" @@ -489,8 +488,8 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "Provider-Details" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" @@ -498,7 +497,7 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Provider-Hostname" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS verwenden" @@ -583,8 +582,8 @@ msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "Die Prüfung der in der Replikationskonfiguration angegeben Authentifizierungsdaten auf dem Provider-Server schlug fehl.\n" -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" msgstr "Der Test gab die folgenden Fehlermeldungen zurück:" @@ -2051,8 +2050,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -2426,7 +2424,7 @@ msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" msgstr "Index-Cache (IDL-Cache)" -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 +#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "Checkpoint-Einstellungen" @@ -2494,7 +2492,7 @@ msgstr "Index hinzufügen" #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "Passwortrichtlinieneinstellungen" @@ -2657,145 +2655,145 @@ msgstr "Das Verzeichnis ist nicht vorhanden. Soll es erstellt werden?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" msgstr "Authentifizierung fehlgeschlagen. Das Passwort ist wahrscheinlich falsch.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634 msgid "The error message was: '" msgstr "Die Fehlermeldung lautet: '" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Erneut versuchen?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714 msgid "Available Attribute Types" msgstr "Verfügbare Attributtypen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" msgstr "Ausgewählte Attributtypen" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" msgstr "Für wen ist diese Regel gültig" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221 msgid "Entry DN" msgstr "Eintrags-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984 msgid "Select" msgstr "Auswählen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 msgid "Define the Access Level" msgstr "Zugriffsstufe definieren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" msgstr "Zugriffssteuerungsprüfung hier beenden (Standard)" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837 msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")" msgstr "Fortfahren mit der nächsten Zugriffssteuerungsregel (\"break\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" msgstr "Die Regel weiter prüfen (\"continue\")" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" msgstr "Geben Sie im Textfeld einen DN ein" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219 msgid "Subtree DN" msgstr "Unterbaum-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944 msgid "Group DN" msgstr "Gruppen-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" msgstr "Regel für Zugriffssteuerung bearbeiten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972 msgid "Target Objects" msgstr "Zielobjekte" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993 msgid "Matching the filter:" msgstr "Auf den Filter passend:" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000 msgid "LDAP Filter" msgstr "LDAP-Filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" msgstr "Diese Regel nur für das aufgelistete Attribut anwenden" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "Attribute" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035 msgid "Access Level" msgstr "Zugriffsstufe" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033 msgid "Who" msgstr "Wer" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "DN" msgstr "DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "Flusssteuerung" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nach oben" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nach unten" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield" msgstr "Geben Sie eine Liste der gültigen Attribute im Textfeld <b>Attribute</b> ein" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" msgstr "Geben Sie einen gültigen LDAP-Filter in das Textfeld ein" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "Der Liste \"Zugriffsstufe\" muss mindestens ein Element hinzugefügt werden." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Target" msgstr "Ziel" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309 msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" @@ -2803,93 +2801,93 @@ "Die ausgewählte Datenbank enthält Zugriffssteuerungsregeln, die zurzeit\n" "nicht von YaST unterstützt werden. Der Zugriffssteuerungsdialog wird deaktiviert.\n" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "Diese Datenbank ist ein Replikations-Consumer (Zielserver)." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608 msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Name des Providers" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Replikationstyp" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638 msgid "Replication Interval" msgstr "Replikations-Intervall" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641 msgid "Days" msgstr "Tage" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Stunden" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunden" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666 msgid "Authentication DN" msgstr "Authentifizierungs-DN" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687 msgid "Custom update referral" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter Aktualisierungsverweis" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703 msgid "Target Host" msgstr "Zielrechner" #. no updateref -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923 msgid "Invalid replication interval specified" msgstr "Ungültiges Replikationsintervall angegeben" #. test connection -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959 msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed." msgstr "Die Prüfung der LDAP-Verbindung zum Provider ist fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" msgstr "Möchten Sie immer noch weitermachen?" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "Die Prüfung der LDAPsync-Fähigkeiten des Providers ist fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "Bitte überprüfen Sie, dass der Zielserver als LDAPsync-Provider eingerichtet ist" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" msgstr "Aktivieren des LDAPsync-Providers für diese Datenbank" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Operationen" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125 msgid "Session Log" msgstr "Sitzungsprotokoll" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Enable Session Log" msgstr "Sitzungsprotokoll aktivieren" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265 msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "Replikationseinstellungen" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern" @@ -68,14 +68,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. Import users configuration from the profile -#. +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ msgstr "Wählen Sie zuerst eine Datei aus der Tabelle." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -284,73 +283,57 @@ "</p>" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Fortschritt" #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" msgstr "System gemäß Einstellungen zur automatischen Installation konfigurieren" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" -"\n" -"%s\n" -"\n" -"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:192 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:221 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:234 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wird konfiguriert" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:194 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:223 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:236 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wird nicht konfiguriert" #. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Post-Installationsskripte werden ausgeführt..." -#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang. -#. bnc#937900 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Laufende Dienste werden neu gestartet ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target aktivieren" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration wird abgeschlossen" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Ressource %1 wird verarbeitet" @@ -410,8 +393,15 @@ "Ausführen des Abbild-Skriptes ist fehlgeschlagen:\n" "%1" -#. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif@suse.de> @@ -419,7 +409,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -428,59 +418,45 @@ "Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation \n" "vorbereitet wird.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Hardware-Erkennung" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Steuerdatei abrufen & einlesen" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Initiale Konfiguration" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Testvorlauf" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Hardware wird überprüft ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren" @@ -524,64 +500,74 @@ #. Uwe Gansert <ug@suse.de> #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<p>Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation vorbereitet wird</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte ausführen" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Sprache einrichten" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Partitionspläne erstellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrierung" # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Software-Auswahl konfigurieren" # SLE12 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configure Volume Groups" msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Volume-Gruppen konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Drives" +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "Laufwerke konfigurieren" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte werden ausgeführt ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen werden konfiguriert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Sprache werden einrichten ..." @@ -589,18 +575,18 @@ msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Partitionspläne werden erstellt ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Bootloader wird konfiguriert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "System wird registriert ..." # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Software-Auswahl wird konfiguriert ..." @@ -613,7 +599,19 @@ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "Kickstart-Datei wird importiert ..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring language..." +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "Sprache wird konfiguriert ..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten" @@ -622,14 +620,14 @@ #. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the #. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc #. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Zusatz-Produkt-Verwaltung ..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Sprache wird konfiguriert ..." @@ -637,7 +635,7 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -648,8 +646,9 @@ # #-#-#-#-# autoinst.de.po (autoinst.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -732,11 +731,11 @@ # -ke- #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Software-Auswahl" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" @@ -751,19 +750,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Lokation der Installationsquelle (z. B. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "Die Installationsquelle dieses Systems (wenn Sie dies wählen, können Sie keine Abbilder erstellen)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "Benutzung dieser Installationsquelle ist fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird eingelesen ..." @@ -1016,6 +1015,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Gerätename der Volume-Gruppe" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1504,8 +1508,7 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Verzeichnis wählen" @@ -1629,7 +1632,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNG-Validierung überprüft ..." @@ -1639,7 +1642,7 @@ msgstr "Abschnitt %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNC-Validierung überprüft ..." @@ -2026,67 +2029,6 @@ "lediglich nicht formatierte LVM- und RAID-Partitionen anlegen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll HTTP(S) gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll FTP gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen von Datei %1/%2.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Datei auf %1.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "Fehler beim Einhängen von %1." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen einer Datei auf CD. Pfad: %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "Entfernte Datei %1 kann nicht abgerufen werden" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 ist nicht eingegangen und das Einhängen schlug fehl" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "Datei %1 kann nicht gefunden werden" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll TFTP gefunden werden." - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll '%1'." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2355,12 +2297,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "Der XML-Parser hat beim Analysieren des Autoyast-Profils einen Fehler gemeldet. Die Fehlermeldung lautet:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2377,45 +2319,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "&Profil wählen" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird von Diskette abgerufen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom TFTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom NFS-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom HTTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom FTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus der Datei: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird aus Standardpfad kopiert." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Unbekannte Quelle." @@ -2425,7 +2367,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2435,7 +2377,7 @@ "<p>Mit einigen Ausnahmen können nahezu alle Ressourcen der Steuerdatei\n" "mit dem Konfigurationsverwaltungswerkzeug konfiguriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2449,7 +2391,7 @@ "Installieren eines anderen Systems mit AutoYaST verwendet werden kann.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2555,24 +2497,24 @@ msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht importiert" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Syncing server..." msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Server wird synchronisiert..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing failed." msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Fehler bei der Analyse." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot mount file system." msgid "Cannot update system time." @@ -2595,18 +2537,18 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Laufwerke" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not detected." msgid "Not yet cloned." @@ -2614,55 +2556,55 @@ #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Vorinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Postinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Post-Partionierungs-Skripte" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Vor" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "Nach" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-Partitionierung" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2672,31 +2614,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Das Hinzufügen des Repositorys %1 ist fehlgeschlagen" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung schlug bei der Pattern-Installation fehl. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Erstellung des Abbilds - Installieren der Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung schlug während der Paketinstallation fehl. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Abbild speichern in ..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2704,16 +2646,16 @@ "Sie können nun am Abbild in %1 Änderungen vornehmen\n" "Wenn Sie die OK-Schaltfläche drücken, wird das Abbild komprimiert und kann nicht mehr geändert werden." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Die Abbildkomprimierung schlug fehl in '%1'. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Abbild erfolgreich angelegt" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2722,30 +2664,30 @@ "Sie können diese Datei mittels 'ls -F > directory.yast' erstellen, falls sie nicht vorhanden ist." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden. Erneut versuchen?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden: ISO-Erstellung fehlgeschlagen" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO-Dateistruktur wird vorbereitet ..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "boot-Konfiguration für die DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2755,43 +2697,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Speicherung des ISO-Abbilds in ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "!ISO-Abbild wird erstellt ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO wurde erfolgreich in %1 erstellt" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Ausgewählte Schemata" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individuell gewählte Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Zu entfernende Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Kernel-Paket erzwingen" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Schemata konnten nicht festgelegt werden: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "Bei der Ausführung des Paket-Resolver ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Überprüfen Sie den Software-Abschnitt im AutoYaST-Profil." @@ -2837,14 +2779,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdaten werden gesammelt ..." #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST Profil. Geben Sie das Passwort zweimal ein" @@ -2852,14 +2794,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Abschnitt %1 konnte nicht in Datei %2 geschrieben werden." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das korrekte Passwort ein." @@ -2877,6 +2819,39 @@ msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll HTTP(S) gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +#~ msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll FTP gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen von Datei %1/%2.\n" + +#~ msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Datei auf %1.\n" + +#~ msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Einhängen von %1." + +#~ msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen einer Datei auf CD. Pfad: %1/%2." + +#~ msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +#~ msgstr "Entfernte Datei %1 kann nicht abgerufen werden" + +#~ msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +#~ msgstr "%1 ist nicht eingegangen und das Einhängen schlug fehl" + +#~ msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +#~ msgstr "Datei %1 kann nicht gefunden werden" + +#~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +#~ msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll TFTP gefunden werden." + +#~ msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +#~ msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll '%1'." + #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgstr "Das entstandene AutoYaST-Profil finden Sie unter /root/autoinst.xml." @@ -3845,9 +3820,6 @@ #~ "Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Dokumentation.\n" #~ "</P>\n" -#~ msgid "Configure Drives" -#~ msgstr "Laufwerke konfigurieren" - #~ msgid "&Drive" #~ msgstr "&Laufwerk" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 22:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -94,79 +94,79 @@ msgstr "Dieses YaST2-Modul unterstützt die Kommandozeilen-Schnittstelle nicht." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Mit 'help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Unbekanntes Kommando: %1" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Wert für Option '%1' fehlt." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Unbekannte Option für das Kommando: '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option: %1: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option '%1' -- erwarteter Wert: '%2', erhaltener Wert: %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Die Option '%1' kann keinen Wert besitzen. Angegebener Wert: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Mit '%1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-Konfigurationsmodul: %1\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Kommando '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ " Optionen:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ " Optionen für den [string]-Typ müssen in der Form 'Option=Wert' geschrieben werden." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -193,137 +193,137 @@ " Beispiel:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dies ist ein YaST-Modul." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Grundsyntax:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> [verbose] [Optionen]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <Kommando> [Optionen]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <Kommando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Kommandos:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Fehler: ungültige Hilfe>" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Führen Sie 'yast2 %1 <Kommando> help' aus, um eine Liste verfügbarer Optionen zu erhalten." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') ist leer. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "oder '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Geben Sie das Kommando '%1' an." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Geben Sie eines der Kommandos an: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Geben Sie nur eines der Kommandos an: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Für dieses Modul ist keine Benutzeroberfläche verfügbar." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Fertig" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Beenden ..." #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Fertig" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Verlassen (ohne Änderungen)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "Ja oder nein?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "Nein" @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://de.opensuse.org/Fehler/YaST" @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfehler" @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "Paket %1 entfernen?" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Für diesen Installationsmodus ist kein Arbeitsablauf definiert." @@ -456,14 +456,14 @@ #. button label #. Button that will continue with the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "Installation &fortsetzen" #. button label #. Button that will really abort the installation #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Installation &abbrechen" @@ -503,12 +503,12 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Es trat ein interner Fehler während der Integration zusätzlicher Arbeitsabläufe auf." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "Der Wert für %1 ist ungültig." @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" @@ -574,22 +574,22 @@ msgstr "Per xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Per &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Dienst starten" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Der Dienst wird ausgeführt." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Der Dienst ist nicht aktiv." @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -621,48 +621,48 @@ "Änderungen und sofortigen Neustart des Dienstes.</p>\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun starten" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun anhalten" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Änderungen speichern und Dienst neu starten" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun &starten" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun an&halten" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Änderungen &speichern und Dienst nun neu starten" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "An- und ausschalten" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktueller Status: " #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -673,12 +673,12 @@ "wählen Sie <b>%1</b>.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv" @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "A&b" @@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert bereits. Überschreiben?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "Die TSIG-Schlüssel-ID wurde nicht angegeben." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ "Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -763,27 +763,27 @@ "angegebenen ID gefunden. Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Der Schlüssel wird nun erzeugt. Fortfahren?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Das Erstellen des TSIG-Schlüssels ist fehlgeschlagen." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert nicht." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Die angegebene Datei enthält keinen TSIG-Schlüssel." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ "Alte Schlüssel werden entfernt. Fortfahren?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ "In diesem Dialog können Sie die TSIG-Schlüssel verwalten.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ "die den Schlüssel enthält, und klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ "<b>Erzeugen</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -845,27 +845,27 @@ "in der Konfiguration stoppen.</p>\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Bestehenden TSIG-Schlüssel hinzufügen" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Neuen TSIG-Schlüssel erzeugen" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Schlüssel-ID" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Erzeugen" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Aktuelle TSIG-Schlüssel" @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -881,22 +881,22 @@ msgstr "Schlüssel-ID" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Dateiname" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Ge&wählte Option" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Aktuelle Option: " #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Die gewählte Option ist bereits vorhanden." @@ -961,19 +961,19 @@ "oben oder nach unten verschieben.</p>" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Andere" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Wählen Sie <B>Bearbeiten</B>, um die Konfiguration durchzuführen" @@ -1120,9 +1120,91 @@ "<p>In manchen Umgebungen stehen keine oder nur einige\n" "F-Tasten zur Verfügung.</p>" +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Andere Einstellungen lesen." + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read Other Settings." +msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" +msgstr "Andere Einstellungen lesen." + +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service Status" +msgstr "Dienst starten" + +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +msgid "Current status:" +msgstr "Aktueller Status:" + +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operating System Boot" +msgid "Start During System Boot" +msgstr "Booten des Betriebssystems" + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "running" +msgstr "Warnung" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "S&top now ..." +msgid "Stop now" +msgstr "Jetzt an&halten ...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stopped" +msgid "stopped" +msgstr "Gestoppt" + +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start it now?" +msgid "Start now" +msgstr "Jetzt starten?" + #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1132,7 +1214,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1142,7 +1224,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1326,7 +1408,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" @@ -1349,7 +1431,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" @@ -1572,27 +1654,27 @@ msgstr "Die Versionsdatei %{file} wurde nicht gefunden." #. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Installation wirklich abbrechen?" #. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Systemreparatur von YaST wirklich abbrechen?" #. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Systemreparatur abbrechen" #. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "Systemreparatur &fortsetzen" #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1606,7 +1688,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1621,7 +1703,7 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1632,18 +1714,18 @@ "Sie werden die Installation wiederholen müssen." #. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Wollen Sie wirklich abbrechen?" #. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen!" #. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later #. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details ..." @@ -1671,7 +1753,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" @@ -1682,7 +1764,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" @@ -1746,19 +1828,19 @@ msgstr "Fehler protokollieren: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Warnung:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fehler:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Meldung:" @@ -1813,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr "&Löschen" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" @@ -1909,7 +1991,7 @@ msgstr "Passwortsatz eingeben" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Passwortsatz zum Entsperren von GPG-Schlüssel %1 eingeben:" @@ -2015,6 +2097,236 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Beim Lesen des Protokolls trat ein Fehler auf." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "Unbekannte Zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist keiner Firewall-Zone zugewiesen.\n" +"Starten Sie YaST2 Firewall und nehmen Sie eine\n" +"Zuweisung vor.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "Externe Zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "Interne Zone" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "Demilitarisierte Zone" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist in mehreren Firewall-Zonen vorhanden.\n" +"Wenn Sie mit der Konfiguration fortfahren, können Fehler auftreten.\n" +"\n" +"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle Reparatur\n" +"in der Datei '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall' vorzunehmen." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten suchen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "Auf mögliche Konflikte der Dienste prüfen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "Auf Netzwerkgeräte überprüfen ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)" + +# SLE12 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "Ein Dienst mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden." + +# SLE12 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Dienst: %{filename}" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GPG Public Keys" +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "Öffentliche GPG-Schlüssel" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -2056,13 +2368,13 @@ msgstr "Schnittstelle wurde keiner Zone zugewiesen" #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Netzwerkschnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2071,7 +2383,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2084,7 +2396,7 @@ "Fortfahren?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2100,8 +2412,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2116,23 +2428,23 @@ "Fortfahren?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Netzwerk&schnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "A&lle selektieren" #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Keine wählen" # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2142,7 +2454,7 @@ # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2152,7 +2464,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2166,7 +2478,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2175,7 +2487,7 @@ "werden soll, klicken Sie auf <b>%2</b>.<br>" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2184,46 +2496,48 @@ "aktiviert ist.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Firewall-Port öffnen" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Firewall-Details" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "&Firewall-Port öffnen" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Firewall-&Details ..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Firewall ist offen" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netzwerkkarte" @@ -2231,27 +2545,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" @@ -2261,389 +2575,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Zusätzliche Adresse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-Verbindung" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-Netzwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-Karte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-Verbindung" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummy-Netzwerkgerät" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-Verbindung" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarot-Netzwerkgerät" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarot-Gerät" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-Gerät" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallel-Port" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Verbindung am Parallel-Port" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express oder QDIO Device (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serieller Anschluss" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Verbindung am seriellen Anschluss" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-Netzwerkgerät" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-Netzwerk-Gerät" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Drahtlos" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Drahtlose Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-Netzwerk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuelles LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netzwerk-Bridge" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Netzwerk-TUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netzwerk-TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-Gerät" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Gerät unbekannt" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-Adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Gerätetyp" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-Adresse" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbunden" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Suche nach Rechnern in diesem LAN ..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-Server" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "&Entfernte Rechner" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Exportierte &Verzeichnisse" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2659,7 +2973,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2670,7 +2984,7 @@ "oder fahren Sie ohne Netzwerk fort." # SLE12 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2693,143 +3007,6 @@ "Eine Portnummer kann eine Nummer von 0 bis 65535 sein.\n" "Es sind keine Leerzeichen erlaubt.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "Externe Zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "Interne Zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "Demilitarisierte Zone" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "Unbekannte Zone" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist in mehreren Firewall-Zonen vorhanden.\n" -"Wenn Sie mit der Konfiguration fortfahren, können Fehler auftreten.\n" -"\n" -"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle Reparatur\n" -"in der Datei '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall' vorzunehmen." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist keiner Firewall-Zone zugewiesen.\n" -"Starten Sie YaST2 Firewall und nehmen Sie eine\n" -"Zuweisung vor.\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten suchen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Auf mögliche Konflikte der Dienste prüfen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "Auf Netzwerkgeräte überprüfen ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2916,63 +3093,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Sie installieren ein System über ein iSCSI-Targar, haben jedoch nicht die erforderlichen Ports der Firewall geöffnet." -# SLE12 -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception -#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService() -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage() -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. $[ -#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" : [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ], -#. ] -#. ); -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "Ein Dienst mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden." - -# SLE12 -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Dienst: %{filename}" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Folgende Pakete müssen installiert werden:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -2986,35 +3114,77 @@ msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Deinstallieren" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking file conflicts..." +msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +msgid "A File Conflict Detected" +msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +msgid "This message will be available at %s" +msgstr "" + #. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- #. defaults #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Herunterladen des Pakets" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paket %1 ist fehlerhaft, Integritätsprüfung ist fehlgeschlagen." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Installation des Pakets erneut versuchen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Installation abbrechen?" @@ -3023,15 +3193,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fehler: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3040,35 +3210,35 @@ "Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls überprüft werden.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird deinstalliert ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird installiert ..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Paket wird deinstalliert" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Paket wird installiert" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paket %1 konnte nicht entfernt werden." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Die Installation des Pakets %1 ist fehlgeschlagen." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3077,7 +3247,7 @@ "Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls überprüft werden." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3092,27 +3262,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Seite A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Seite B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disc %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3121,7 +3291,7 @@ "'%1' ein." #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3134,7 +3304,7 @@ "Prüfen Sie, ob auf das Verzeichnis zugegriffen werden kann." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3148,8 +3318,8 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatische Aktualisierung überspringen" @@ -3157,76 +3327,76 @@ # 2003-08-29 11:05:13 CEST -ke- #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Aus&werfen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "CD- oder DVD-Medium &automatisch auswerfen" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Installation erneut versuchen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Medium überspringen?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Defektes Medium wird ignoriert ..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird erstellt" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Beim Erstellen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Die Beschreibung des entfernten Repositorys kann nicht abgerufen werden." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Beim Abrufen der neuen Metadaten ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Das Repository ist ungültig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." @@ -3234,92 +3404,92 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Wiederholen?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird getestet" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Beim Testen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Details zum Test des Repositorys." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird heruntergeladen" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 wird angewendet ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird angewendet" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skript %1 wird gestartet (Patch %2) ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Skript wird ausgeführt" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Ausgabe des Skripts" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3328,7 +3498,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3343,36 +3513,36 @@ "können möglicherweise einige Pakete fehlen oder veraltet sein." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Aktualisierung &überspringen" #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Herunterladen von: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Paketdatenbank prüfen" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird neu erstellt. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3381,16 +3551,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konvertierung der Paketdatenbank. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3399,12 +3569,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank einlesen ..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete einlesen" @@ -3415,27 +3585,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank durchsuchen ..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Initialisierung des Ziels ist fehlgeschlagen." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-Datenbank eingelesen" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Benutzerauthentifizierung" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3446,20 +3616,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Benutzername" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Details anzeigen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Größe:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Verbleibende Zeit bis zum nächsten automatischen Versuch: %1" @@ -3537,12 +3707,12 @@ "über die Softwareverwaltung gelöst werden müssen." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete schlug fehl." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3553,12 +3723,12 @@ "wird YaST möglicherweise nicht richtig funktionieren.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Es müssen zuerst die erforderlichen Pakete installiert sein." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3567,22 +3737,22 @@ "wird YaST möglicherweise nicht korrekt funktionieren.\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Paketlizenz bestätigen: %1" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Akzeptieren" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&Ablehnen" #. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" @@ -3601,7 +3771,7 @@ "Zum Ablehnen der Paketlizenz klicken Sie auf <b>Ablehnen</b></p>." #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" @@ -3615,7 +3785,7 @@ "\t\t Spalte angezeigt. Zum Anzeigen einer Beschreibung für einen Eintrag wählen Sie diesen in der Liste aus.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3629,7 +3799,7 @@ "\t\t Über das Kontextmenü können Sie auch den Status aller Elemente ändern.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3641,7 +3811,7 @@ "\t\t in der Sie einzelne Softwarepakete anzeigen und auswählen können.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" @@ -3663,131 +3833,131 @@ # -ke- #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Software-Auswahl und System-Tasks" #. don't get all the way out - the user might just have #. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(Mehr)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installation erfolgreich abgeschlossen." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Paketinstallation fehlgeschlagen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Fehlermeldung: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Installierte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Entfernte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "nicht installierte Pakete: %1" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakete" #. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Verbrauchte Zeit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Installierte Gesamt-Größe: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Größe heruntergeladener Dateien: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistik:" #. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installations-Protokoll" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" # SLE12 #. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Nach dem Installieren der Pakete" # SLE12 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Diesen Bericht anzeigen" # SLE12 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Fertig stellen" # SLE12 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Im Software-Manager fortsetzen" # SLE12 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installationsbericht</B></BIG><BR>Dies ist eine Zusammenfassung der installierten oder entfernten Pakete.</P>" # SLE12 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Installationsbericht" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Entfernte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Verbleibende Pakete" # SLE12 #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3804,7 +3974,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3825,7 +3995,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3844,16 +4014,16 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Unsigniertes Paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Unsignierte Datei" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3870,7 +4040,7 @@ "Trotzdem installieren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3887,62 +4057,62 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden? " #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Keine Prüfsumme gefunden" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Fingerabdruck: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Name: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Erstellt: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Ablauf: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Name: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingerabdruck: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Erstellt: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Ablaufdatum:" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3965,7 +4135,7 @@ "Trotzdem installieren?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3988,12 +4158,12 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Fehler bei der Validitätsprüfung" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4014,7 +4184,7 @@ "Trotzdem installieren?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4035,12 +4205,12 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Unbekannter GnuPG-Schlüssel" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4063,7 +4233,7 @@ "die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden. Am sichersten ist es, das Paket zu überspringen.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4086,17 +4256,17 @@ "die Datei zu überspringen.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signiert mit nicht verbürgtem öffentlichen Schlüssel" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Schlüssel vertrauen und importieren" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4111,7 +4281,7 @@ "einen gewissen Grad an Kontrolle über die Software in Ihrem System.</p>" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4122,7 +4292,7 @@ "werden Pakete oder Repositories, die vom Eigentümer des Schlüssels erstellt wurden, nicht verwendet.</p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4133,7 +4303,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4146,23 +4316,23 @@ "der Schlüssel wirklich diesem Eigentümer gehört." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "WARNUNG: Der Schlüssel ist abgelaufen!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Nicht verbürgten GnuPG-Schlüssel importieren" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "Ver&trauen" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4185,12 +4355,12 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Falsche Prüfsumme" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4211,7 +4381,7 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Unbekannte Prüfsumme" @@ -4220,80 +4390,80 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installation ..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medium" # SLE12 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Verbleibend" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Zeit" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Ausgeführte Aktionen:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Pakete werden installiert.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Abbruch der Installation</B> Paket-Installation kann durch Drücken der Schaltfläche <B>Abbruch</B> abgebrochen werden. Das System kann jedoch in einem inkonsistenten oder unbenutzbaren Zustand sein oder nicht starten, wenn die Basis-System-Komponente nicht installiert ist.</P>" # SLE12 #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Versionshinweise für %s" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Details" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Diashow" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Details" - # SLE12 #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Aktualisierung wird durchgeführt" # SLE12 #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installation wird durchgeführt" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Paketinstallation" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4302,7 +4472,7 @@ "wirklich beenden?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abgebrochen" @@ -4898,17 +5068,18 @@ msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth-Gerät" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" msgstr "" -"Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n" -"YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -4916,12 +5087,22 @@ "Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n" "YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n" +"YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n" + +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" @@ -4929,30 +5110,23 @@ msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" +msgid_plural "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr[0] "" "Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n" "YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n" +msgstr[1] "" +"Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n" +"YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" -#| "YaST might lose some of the changes" -msgid "" -"Files %s have been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" -"Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n" -"YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren" - #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Beim Erzeugen der initrd trat ein Fehler auf." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4987,7 +5161,7 @@ "Doppelpunkte getrennte Hexadezimalziffern." #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -4999,7 +5173,7 @@ "Die letzte Komponente darf nicht mit einer Ziffer beginnen." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66 +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5084,13 +5258,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5175,8 +5349,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Modul" @@ -5958,68 +6132,17 @@ "Für %1 ist keine Reverse Zone vorhanden, die von Ihrem DNS-Server verwaltet wird.\n" "Hostname %2 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden." -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Service Start" -msgid "Service Status" -msgstr "Dienst starten" +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +#~| "YaST might lose some of the changes" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Files %s have been created manually.\n" +#~ "YaST might lose these files." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n" +#~ "YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren" -#. Content for the help -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n" -"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181 -msgid "Current status:" -msgstr "Aktueller Status:" - -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Operating System Boot" -msgid "Start During System Boot" -msgstr "Booten des Betriebssystems" - -#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Read Other Settings." -msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Andere Einstellungen lesen." - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Warning" -msgid "running" -msgstr "Warnung" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "S&top now ..." -msgid "Stop now" -msgstr "Jetzt an&halten ...." - -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Stopped" -msgid "stopped" -msgstr "Gestoppt" - -#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Start it now?" -msgid "Start now" -msgstr "Jetzt starten?" - #~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." #~ msgstr "Das erforderliche Repository-Medium konnte nicht eingehängt werden." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -34,660 +34,568 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul des Bootloaders" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "Konfigurationszusammenfassung des Bootloaders" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "Die Boot-Partition ist vom Typ NFS. Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden." -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option" -msgstr "Globale Option löschen" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option" -msgstr "Globale Option festlegen" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "Wert der spezifizierten Option ausgeben" +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Plattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "Der Optionsschlüssel" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "&Festplatten" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "Der Optionswert" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Gerät" -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "Der Wert wurde nicht spezifiziert." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "Die Option wurde nicht spezifiziert." - -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180 -msgid "Value: %s" -msgstr "Wert: %s" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "Die spezifizierte Option ist nicht vorhanden." - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" -msgstr "<p><big><b>Bootmenü</b></big><br></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" -"<b>Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b>,<br>\n" -"um die Partition zu aktivieren, die den Bootloader enthält. Die aktive Partition wird dann durch\n" -"den generischen MBR-Code gebootet. Bei älteren BIOS-Versionen muss auch dann eine Partition aktiv sein,\n" -"wenn der Bootloader im MBR installiert ist.</p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Zeitüberschreitung in Sekunden</b><br>\n" -"Legt fest, wie lange der Bootloader bis zum Laden des Standardkernels wartet.</p>\n" +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert ..." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 +# SLE12 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Durch Drücken von <b>Als Standard setzen</b> wird der ausgewählte\n" -"Abschnitt als Standard festgelegt. Beim Starten stellt der Bootloader ein Bootmenü bereit\n" -"und wartet auf die Auswahl des Kernels oder eines anderen Betriebssystems zum Booten durch den\n" -"Benutzer. Wenn vor dem Ablauf der Zeitüberschreitung keine Eingabe erfolgt, wird der Standard-Kernel\n" -"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n" -"Menü kann mit den Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n" +"\n" +"Das System wird jetzt heruntergefahren.%1\n" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie im entsprechenden Kapitel \n" +"in der Dokumentation. \n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b></big><br>\n" -"Sie können den Master-Boot-Record der Festplatte durch generischen Code ersetzen (betriebssystemunabhängiger Code, mit dem\n" -"die aktive Partition gebootet wird), indem Sie <b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b> wählen.</p>" +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +msgid "The system will reboot now..." +msgstr "Das System wird nun neu gestartet..." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aus Bootpartition starten</b> ist eine der empfohlenen Optionen,\n" -"<b>Aus Root-Partition starten</b> die andere.</p>" +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "&Bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aus Master-Boot-Record booten</b> ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn Sie auf dem Computer\n" -"ein weiteres Betriebssystem installiert haben</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Aus Root-Partition booten</b> ist die empfohlene Option, wenn eine geeignete Partition\n" -"vorhanden ist. Sie können entweder unter <b>Bootloader-Optionen</b> die Optionen <b>Aktives Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b>\n" -"und <b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b> auswählen, um im Bedarfsfall den Master-Boot-Record zu aktualisieren, oder einen anderen Bootmanager\n" -"zum Starten dieses Abschnitts konfigurieren.</p>" -# SLE12 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Neustart aus erweiterter Partition</b> sollte ausgewählt sein, wenn Ihre root-Partition sich auf der \n" -"logischen Partition befindet und die /boot-Partition fehlt</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition</b> können Sie die Partition auswählen, von der gebootet werden soll.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " (default)" +msgid "Default" +msgstr " (Standard)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"<p>MD-Array wird aus 2 Platten erstellt. <b>Aktiviere Redundanz für MD-Array</b>\n" -"aktivieren Sie diese Option um GRUB in den MBR von beiden Platten zu schreiben.</p>" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie keinen Bootloader installieren, kann das\n" +"System möglicherweise nicht starten.\n" +"\n" +"Möchten Sie fortfahren?\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Mit <b>Parameter der seriellen Verbindung</b> können Sie die für eine serielle Konsole\n" -"zu verwendenden Parameter bestimmen. Details finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>" +"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Typ</b></big><br>\n" +"Um auszuwählen, ob ein Bootloader installiert werden soll und welcher Bootloader installiert wird,\n" +"verwenden Sie <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Terminaldefinition</b></p><br>\n" -"Definiert den Typ des Terminals, den Sie verwenden möchten. Für ein serielles Terminal (z.B. eine serielle Konsole)\n" -"muss <code>serial</code> angegeben werden. Sie können auch <code>console</code> an das\n" -"Kommando übergeben, beispielsweise <code>serial console</code>. In diesem Fall wird ein Terminal, auf dem\n" -"Sie eine beliebige Taste drücken, als GRUB-Terminal ausgewählt.</p>" +#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "Secure Boot aktivieren: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt</b> enthält eine Liste der Abschnittsnummern,\n" -"die zum Booten verwendet werden, wenn der Standardabschnitt nicht bootbar ist.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Passwort für die Menüschnittstelle</b><br>\n" -"Legen Sie das Passwort fest, das für den Zugriff auf das Bootmenü eingegeben werden muss. YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur, wenn Sie es\n" -"in <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben.</p>" +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ja" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Platten-Reihenfolge</b></big><br>\n" -"Um die Plattenreihenfolge entsprechend der BIOS-Ordnung anzugeben, benutzen Sie die\n" -"Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b>; um die Reihenfolge zu ändern.\n" -"Zum Hinzufügen einer Platte wählen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n" -"zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "Speicherorte des Bootloaders" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Status Lokation: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102 -msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "&Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen" +# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# +# &F is taken by "&FTP" +# 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (erweitert)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" -msgstr "&Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben" +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nicht installieren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition" +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installieren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Aus Master-Boot-Record booten" +# SLE12 +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "Aus Root-Partition booten" +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installieren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Aus Bootpartition booten" +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "Neustart aus erweiterter Partition" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "&Parameter der seriellen Verbindung" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" -msgstr "Menü beim Booten ver&bergen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "Pa&sswort für die Menüschnittstelle" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "Flag für D&urchführung der Fehlersuche" - -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79 -msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "&Passwort" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "Aus &Root-Partition starten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "Red&undanz für MD-Array aktivieren" - # SLE12 -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Bootcode-Optionen" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installieren</a>)" # SLE12 -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Kernel-Parameter" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus." # SLE12 -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s" -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "Zei&tüberschreitung in Sekunden" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Secure Boot" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Zeitüberschreitung in Sekunden</b><br>\n" +"Legt fest, wie lange der Bootloader bis zum Laden des Standardkernels wartet.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren" +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" +msgstr "&Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen" -# SLE12 -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "Boot&loader-Speicherort" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<b>Aktiv-Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b>,<br>\n" +"um die Partition zu aktivieren, die den Bootloader enthält. Die aktive Partition wird dann durch\n" +"den generischen MBR-Code gebootet. Bei älteren BIOS-Versionen muss auch dann eine Partition aktiv sein,\n" +"wenn der Bootloader im MBR installiert ist.</p>" -# SLE12 -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die Partition aus, auf der die Bootsequenz installiert ist." +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" +msgstr "&Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack <jplack@suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Optionale Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter festgelegt werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b></big><br>\n" +"Sie können den Master-Boot-Record der Festplatte durch generischen Code ersetzen (betriebssystemunabhängiger Code, mit dem\n" +"die aktive Partition gebootet wird), indem Sie <b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b> wählen.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>VGA-Modus</b> legt den VGA-Modus für die <i>Konsole</i> fest, den der Kernel beim Booten setzen soll.</p>" +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" +msgstr "Menü beim Booten ver&bergen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bei Auswahl von <b>Menü beim Booten ausblenden</b> wird das Bootmenü ausgeblendet.</p>" + +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probe Foreign OS" +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "Fremdes OS testen" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>fremde OS testen</b> durch os-prober zwecks Multiboot mit weiteren fremden Distributionen </p>" -# SLE12 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Die Einstellung <b>Flag für geschützten MBR</b> ist Experten vorbehalten und nur bei selten verwendeter Hardware erforderlich. Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter Geschützte MBR im Kapitel GPT-Datenträger. Verändern Sie diese Einstellung nicht, wenn Sie unsicher sind.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionaler Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "&VGA-Modus" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Optionale Parameter für Kernel-Befehlszeile</b> können zusätzliche Parameter festgelegt werden, die an den Kernel übergeben werden sollen.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "Fremdes OS testen" - # SLE12 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "Flag für geschützten MBR" -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 Bit (Modus %4)" +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Die Einstellung <b>Flag für geschützten MBR</b> ist Experten vorbehalten und nur bei selten verwendeter Hardware erforderlich. Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter Geschützte MBR im Kapitel GPT-Datenträger. Verändern Sie diese Einstellung nicht, wenn Sie unsicher sind.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "Standard 8-Pixel-Schriftmodus" - -# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# -# video mode menu item -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "Textmodus" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "Unspezifiert." - # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "setzen" # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "entfernen" # SLE12 #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "nicht ändern" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "Secure Boot aktivieren: %1" + +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "&Secure Boot Unterstützung aktivieren" + +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten." + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"Die Angaben in den Feldern 'Passwort' und 'Passwort wiederholen'\n" +"sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben." + +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +#| "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#| "it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Passwort für die Menüschnittstelle</b><br>\n" +"Legen Sie das Passwort fest, das für den Zugriff auf das Bootmenü eingegeben werden muss. YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur, wenn Sie es\n" +"in <b>Passwort wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben.</p>" + +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Neue Datei mit grafischeḿ Thema wählen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafik-Konsole benutzen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Konsolen&auflösung" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente" -# SLE12 -#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Nicht unterstützter Bootloader '%s'. Passen Sie Ihr AutoYaST-Profil entsprechend an." +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt" -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Datei wählen" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +msgid "" +"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Durch Drücken von <b>Als Standard setzen</b> wird der ausgewählte\n" +"Abschnitt als Standard festgelegt. Beim Starten stellt der Bootloader ein Bootmenü bereit\n" +"und wartet auf die Auswahl des Kernels oder eines anderen Betriebssystems zum Booten durch den\n" +"Benutzer. Wenn vor dem Ablauf der Zeitüberschreitung keine Eingabe erfolgt, wird der Standard-Kernel\n" +"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n" +"Menü kann mit den Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "Die Boot-Partition ist vom Typ NFS. Der Bootloader kann nicht installiert werden." +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" +msgstr "" -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "Für den aktuellen Bootloader können keine Optionen gesetzt werden." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten" -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "&Bootloader" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot from Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "Aus Root-Partition booten" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Wenn Sie keinen Bootloader installieren, kann das\n" -"System möglicherweise nicht starten.\n" -"\n" -"Möchten Sie fortfahren?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten" -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien &bearbeiten" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "Neue Konfiguration &vorschlagen" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Order" +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "Konfiguration &neu von Festplatte einlesen" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +msgid "" +"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><big><b>Platten-Reihenfolge</b></big><br>\n" +"Um die Plattenreihenfolge entsprechend der BIOS-Ordnung anzugeben, benutzen Sie die\n" +"Schaltflächen <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b>; um die Reihenfolge zu ändern.\n" +"Zum Hinzufügen einer Platte wählen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n" +"zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "MBR von Festplatte wiederherstellen" +# SLE12 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel Parameters" +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "Kernel-Parameter" -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Bootloader-Bootcode auf Datenträger schreiben" +# SLE12 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Boot Code Options" +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "Bootcode-Optionen" -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Weitere" +# SLE12 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bootloader Options" +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR erfolgreich wiederhergestellt." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "Secure Boot aktivieren: %1" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "MBR konnte nicht wiederhergestellt werden." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden." -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "Das Schreiben der Bootloader-Einstellungen ist fehlgeschlagen." +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen" +# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# CAVE: Es handelt sich hier um den Titel der Konfiguration, nicht um das Verb! +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Systemstart" -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Details zur Bootloader-Installation" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "S&ystemstart" -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Es wurde kein Bootloader für die Installation gewählt. Ihr System wird sich möglicherweise nicht starten lassen." + +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden" + +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +#| "Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" +"Reading current configuration...</P>" msgstr "" "<P><BIG><B>Bootloader-Konfigurationswerkzeug</B></BIG><BR>\n" "Sie können die Einstellungen für Ihren Bootloader ändern.</P>" -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -695,655 +603,617 @@ "<P><B><BIG>Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Bitte warten...<br></p>" -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Über die Schaltfläche <B>Andere</B> können Sie\n" -"die Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien manuell bearbeiten, die aktuelle\n" -"Konfiguration leeren und eine neue Konfiguration vorschlagen, eine ganz neue Konfiguration beginnen oder die\n" -"auf der Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration erneut lesen. %1</P>" +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" +msgstr "Nicht unterstützte Kombination der Hardwareplattform %1 und des Bootloaders %2" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67 -msgid "" -"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Zum manuellen Bearbeiten der Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien\n" -"klicken Sie auf <B>Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten</B>.</P>" +# SLE12 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "Das Booten aus dem MBR ist mit dem Btrfs-Dateisystem und der GPT-Festplattenkennung ohne die bios_grub-Partition nicht möglich. Zum Beheben dieses Problems erstellen Sie die bios_grub-Partition oder verwenden Sie ein ext*-Dateisystem für die Bootpartition oder installieren Sie Stufe 1 nicht im MBR." -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>In der Tabelle steht jeder Abschnitt für\n" -"einen Eintrag im Bootmenü.</P>" +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." +msgstr "Das Bootgerät ist auf raid-Typ: %1. System wird nicht booten." -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80 -msgid "" -"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Klicken Sie auf <B>Bearbeiten</B> zum Anzeigen der Eigenschaften des\n" -"gewählten Abschnitts.</P>" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Das Bootgerät befindet sich auf einem Software-RAID1. Wählen Sie einen anderen Bereich für den Bootloader, z. B. den Master Boot Record" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Klicken Sie auf <b>Als Standard setzen</b>, um den ausgewählten Abschnitt\n" -"als Standard festzulegen. Beim Starten stellt der Bootloader ein\n" -"Bootmenü bereit und wartet auf die Auswahl des Kernels oder eines anderen Betriebssystems zum Booten durch den\n" -"Benutzer. Wenn vor dem Zeitablauf keine Eingabe erfolgt, wird der Standard-Kernel\n" -"oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n" -"Menü kann mit den Schaltflächen <B>Auf</B> und <B>Ab</B> geändert werden.</P>" +# SLE12 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." +msgstr "Ext*-Partition für Booten fehlt. Bootcode kann nicht installiert werden." -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "" -"<P>Klicken Sie zum Erstellen eines neuen Bootloader-Abschnitts auf <B>Hinzufügen</B>\n" -"oder zum Löschen des ausgewählten Abschnitts auf <B>Löschen</B>.</P>" -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Speicherort des Bootloaders</b></big><br>\n" -"Der Bootloader (%1) kann auf folgende Arten installiert werden:</p>" -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>- Im <b>Master-Boot-Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"Dies ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn ein anderes Betriebssystem\n" -"auf dem Computer installiert ist.</p>" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +msgid "Check boot loader" +msgstr "Bootloader überprüfen" -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Im <b>Bootsektor</b> der <tt>/boot</tt>- oder <tt>/</tt> (root)-\n" -"Partition. Diese Option wird empfohlen, wenn eine geeignete Partition \n" -"vorhanden ist. Aktivieren Sie entweder die Optionen <b>Bootloader-Partition aktivieren</b> und\n" -" <b>MBR durch generischen Code ersetzen</b> in <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>\n" -" damit der Master Boot Record bei Bedarf aktualisiert wird,\n" -" oder konfigurieren Sie Ihren anderen Bootmanager so, \n" -"dass er &product; startet.</p>" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +msgid "Read partitioning" +msgstr "Einlesen der Partitionierung" -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- Auf einer <b>anderen</b> Partition. Bei der Auswahl dieser Option müssen\n" -"die Einschränkungen des Systems berücksichtigt werden.</p>" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +msgid "Load boot loader settings" +msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen laden" -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Auf den meisten PCs gibt es beispielsweise eine\n" -"BIOS-Begrenzung, mit der das Starten auf\n" -"Festplattenzylinder beschränkt wird, die kleiner als 1024 sind. Je nachdem, welchen Bootmanager Sie verwenden,\n" -"können Sie möglicherweise von einer logischen Partition aus starten.</p>" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +msgid "Checking boot loader..." +msgstr "Bootloader wird überprüft..." -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Geben Sie den Gerätenamen der Partition (z.B. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> oder\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in das Eingabefeld ein.</p>" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +msgid "Reading partitioning..." +msgstr "Partitionierung wird eingelesen..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b></big><br>\n" -"Zum Anpassen erweiterter Bootloader-Installationsoptionen (z.B. der Gerätezuordnung)\n" -"klicken Sie auf <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>.</p>" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." +msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen werden geladen..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Typ</b></big><br>\n" -"Um auszuwählen, ob ein Bootloader installiert werden soll und welcher Bootloader installiert wird,\n" -"verwenden Sie <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>" +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Bootloader-Optionen</b></big><br>\n" -"Zum Anpassen der Bootloader-Optionen, wie beispielsweise dem Zeitablauf, klicken Sie auf\n" -"<b>Bootloader-Optionen</b>.</p>" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +msgid "Create initrd" +msgstr "initrd erstellen" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" -"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten</B><BR>\n" -"Hier können Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration manuell bearbeiten.</P>\n" -"<P>Hinweis: Die endgültige Konfigurationsdatei verfügt möglicherweise über eine andere Einrückung.</P>" +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders speichern" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Abschnittsname</big></b><br>\n" -"Mit <b>Abschnittsname</b> wird der Name des Bootloader-Abschnitts angegeben. Der Name des\n" -"Abschnitts muss eindeutig sein.</p>" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +msgid "Creating initrd..." +msgstr "initrd wird erstellt ..." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Typ des neuen Abschnitts</b></big><br>\n" -"Wählen Sie den Typ des neu zu erstellenden Abschnitts.</p>" +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert ..." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen</b>, um den zurzeit ausgewählten Abschnitt zu\n" -"klonen. Anschließend können Sie die Optionen ändern, die sich von dem ausgewählten Abschnitt\n" -"unterscheiden sollen.</p>" +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration des Bootloaders wird gespeichert" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Abbild-Abschnitt</b>, um einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild\n" -"zum Laden und Starten hinzuzufügen.</p>" +#~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationszusammenfassung des Bootloaders" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n" -"das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>" +#~ msgid "Delete a global option" +#~ msgstr "Globale Option löschen" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Anderes System (Chainloader)</b>, um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, mit dem\n" -"ein Bootabschnitt einer Partition der Festplatte geladen und gestartet wird. Diese Option wird zum\n" -"Booten anderer Betriebssysteme verwendet.</p>" +#~ msgid "Set a global option" +#~ msgstr "Globale Option festlegen" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Menü-Abschnitt</b> um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, der \n" -"eine Konfigurationsdatei (Liste mit Boot-Abschnitten) von einer Plattenpartition liest. Dies wird zum\n" -"Starten anderer Betriebssysteme benutzt.</p>" +#~ msgid "Print value of specified option" +#~ msgstr "Wert der spezifizierten Option ausgeben" -# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# -# &F is taken by "&FTP" -# 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1" +#~ msgid "The key of the option" +#~ msgstr "Der Optionsschlüssel" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" +#~ msgid "The value of the option" +#~ msgstr "Der Optionswert" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" +#~ msgid "Value was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Der Wert wurde nicht spezifiziert." -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" +#~ msgid "Option was not specified." +#~ msgstr "Die Option wurde nicht spezifiziert." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" +#~ msgid "Value: %s" +#~ msgstr "Wert: %s" -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "Bootloader" +#~ msgid "Specified option does not exist." +#~ msgstr "Die spezifizierte Option ist nicht vorhanden." -# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# -# info box title -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "Bootloader" +#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>Bootmenü</b></big><br></p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"Diese Funktion ist nicht verfügbar, wenn der Bootloader\n" -"nicht angegeben ist." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Aus Bootpartition starten</b> ist eine der empfohlenen Optionen,\n" +#~ "<b>Aus Root-Partition starten</b> die andere.</p>" -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "Alle Änderungen gehen dabei verloren.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "installed on your computer</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Aus Master-Boot-Record booten</b> ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn Sie auf dem Computer\n" +#~ "ein weiteres Betriebssystem installiert haben</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57 -msgid "The password must not be empty." -msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" +#~ "in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start this section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Aus Root-Partition booten</b> ist die empfohlene Option, wenn eine geeignete Partition\n" +#~ "vorhanden ist. Sie können entweder unter <b>Bootloader-Optionen</b> die Optionen <b>Aktives Flag in Partitionstabelle für Bootpartition setzen</b>\n" +#~ "und <b>Generischen Bootcode in MBR schreiben</b> auswählen, um im Bedarfsfall den Master-Boot-Record zu aktualisieren, oder einen anderen Bootmanager\n" +#~ "zum Starten dieses Abschnitts konfigurieren.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66 -msgid "" -"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" -"do not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "" -"Die Angaben in den Feldern 'Passwort' und 'Passwort wiederholen'\n" -"sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben." +# SLE12 +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +#~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Neustart aus erweiterter Partition</b> sollte ausgewählt sein, wenn Ihre root-Partition sich auf der \n" +#~ "logischen Partition befindet und die /boot-Partition fehlt</p>" -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1Soll der Ort für den Standard-Bootloader festgelegt werden?\n" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition</b> können Sie die Partition auswählen, von der gebootet werden soll.</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90 -msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" -msgstr "" -"Der gewählte Name ist schon in Gebrauch.\n" -"Verwenden Sie einen anderen.\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" +#~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>MD-Array wird aus 2 Platten erstellt. <b>Aktiviere Redundanz für MD-Array</b>\n" +#~ "aktivieren Sie diese Option um GRUB in den MBR von beiden Platten zu schreiben.</p>" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation des Bootloaders trat ein Fehler auf.\n" -"Wollen Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration wiederholen?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Mit <b>Parameter der seriellen Verbindung</b> können Sie die für eine serielle Konsole\n" +#~ "zu verwendenden Parameter bestimmen. Details finden Sie in der GRUB-Dokumentation (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>" -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Warnung!\n" -"\n" -"Aktueller MBR aus %1 wird nun mit MBR\n" -"vom %2 neu geschrieben.\n" -"\n" -"Lediglich der Bootcode im MBR wird neu geschrieben.\n" -"Die Partitionstabelle bleibt unverändert.\n" -"\n" -"Fortfahren?\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Terminaldefinition</b></p><br>\n" +#~ "Definiert den Typ des Terminals, den Sie verwenden möchten. Für ein serielles Terminal (z.B. eine serielle Konsole)\n" +#~ "muss <code>serial</code> angegeben werden. Sie können auch <code>console</code> an das\n" +#~ "Kommando übergeben, beispielsweise <code>serial console</code>. In diesem Fall wird ein Terminal, auf dem\n" +#~ "Sie eine beliebige Taste drücken, als GRUB-Terminal ausgewählt.</p>" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "&Ja, neu schreiben" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b>Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt</b> enthält eine Liste der Abschnittsnummern,\n" +#~ "die zum Booten verwendet werden, wenn der Standardabschnitt nicht bootbar ist.</p>" -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden." +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" +#~ msgstr "Speicherorte des Bootloaders" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "Device-map muss zumindest ein Gerät enthalten" +#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Bootpartition" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Plattenreihenfolge-Einstellungen" +#~ msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" +#~ msgstr "Aus Master-Boot-Record booten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "&Festplatten" +#~ msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" +#~ msgstr "Aus Bootpartition booten" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Gerät" +#~ msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" +#~ msgstr "Neustart aus erweiterter Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47 -msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" +#~ msgstr "&Parameter der seriellen Verbindung" -#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and -#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61 -msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" +#~ msgstr "Fallback-Abschnitte falls die Standardprozedur fehlschlägt" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28 -msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." -msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird gespeichert ..." +#~ msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" +#~ msgstr "Pa&sswort für die Menüschnittstelle" -# SLE12 -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" -"For details, read the related chapter \n" -"in the documentation. \n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Das System wird jetzt heruntergefahren.%1\n" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie im entsprechenden Kapitel \n" -"in der Dokumentation. \n" +#~ msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" +#~ msgstr "Flag für D&urchführung der Fehlersuche" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158 -msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "Das System wird nun neu gestartet..." +#~ msgid "&Password" +#~ msgstr "&Passwort" -# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# CAVE: Es handelt sich hier um den Titel der Konfiguration, nicht um das Verb! -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Systemstart" +#~ msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#~ msgstr "Aus &Root-Partition starten" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "S&ystemstart" +#~ msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" +#~ msgstr "Red&undanz für MD-Array aktivieren" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Es wurde kein Bootloader für die Installation gewählt. Ihr System wird sich möglicherweise nicht starten lassen." +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader-Optionen" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Aufgrund der Partitionierung kann der Bootloader nicht richtig installiert werden" +#~ msgid "Secure Boot" +#~ msgstr "Secure Boot" # SLE12 -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nicht installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Location" +#~ msgstr "Boot&loader-Speicherort" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." +#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie die Partition aus, auf der die Bootsequenz installiert ist." -# SLE12 -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>VGA-Modus</b> legt den VGA-Modus für die <i>Konsole</i> fest, den der Kernel beim Booten setzen soll.</p>" -# SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "&Vga Mode" +#~ msgstr "&VGA-Modus" -# SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" +#~ msgstr "%1x%2, %3 Bit (Modus %4)" -# SLE12 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installieren</a>)" +#~ msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." +#~ msgstr "Standard 8-Pixel-Schriftmodus" -# SLE12 -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus." +# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# +# video mode menu item +#~ msgid "Text Mode" +#~ msgstr "Textmodus" +#~ msgid "Unspecified" +#~ msgstr "Unspezifiert." + # SLE12 -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s" +#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#~ msgstr "Nicht unterstützter Bootloader '%s'. Passen Sie Ihr AutoYaST-Profil entsprechend an." -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1" +#~ msgid "Select File" +#~ msgstr "Datei wählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (erweitert)" +#~ msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." +#~ msgstr "Für den aktuellen Bootloader können keine Optionen gesetzt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" +#~ msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien &bearbeiten" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Status Lokation: %1" +#~ msgid "&Propose New Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Neue Konfiguration &vorschlagen" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Secure Boot aktivieren: %1" +#~ msgid "&Start from Scratch" +#~ msgstr "Neue Konfiguration ohne Vorschlag er&stellen" -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "Unbekannter Bootloader: %1" +#~ msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration &neu von Festplatte einlesen" -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 -msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "Nicht unterstützte Kombination der Hardwareplattform %1 und des Bootloaders %2" +#~ msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "MBR von Festplatte wiederherstellen" -# SLE12 -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Das Booten aus dem MBR ist mit dem Btrfs-Dateisystem und der GPT-Festplattenkennung ohne die bios_grub-Partition nicht möglich. Zum Beheben dieses Problems erstellen Sie die bios_grub-Partition oder verwenden Sie ein ext*-Dateisystem für die Bootpartition oder installieren Sie Stufe 1 nicht im MBR." +#~ msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader-Bootcode auf Datenträger schreiben" -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167 -msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Das Bootgerät ist auf raid-Typ: %1. System wird nicht booten." +#~ msgid "Other" +#~ msgstr "Weitere" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Das Bootgerät befindet sich auf einem Software-RAID1. Wählen Sie einen anderen Bereich für den Bootloader, z. B. den Master Boot Record" +#~ msgid "MBR restored successfully." +#~ msgstr "MBR erfolgreich wiederhergestellt." -# SLE12 -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239 -msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Ext*-Partition für Booten fehlt. Bootcode kann nicht installiert werden." +#~ msgid "Failed to restore MBR." +#~ msgstr "MBR konnte nicht wiederhergestellt werden." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." +#~ msgstr "Das Schreiben der Bootloader-Einstellungen ist fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Boot &Loader Options" +#~ msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146 -msgid "Check boot loader" -msgstr "Bootloader überprüfen" +#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" +#~ msgstr "&Details zur Bootloader-Installation" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148 -msgid "Read partitioning" -msgstr "Einlesen der Partitionierung" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Über die Schaltfläche <B>Andere</B> können Sie\n" +#~ "die Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien manuell bearbeiten, die aktuelle\n" +#~ "Konfiguration leeren und eine neue Konfiguration vorschlagen, eine ganz neue Konfiguration beginnen oder die\n" +#~ "auf der Festplatte gespeicherte Konfiguration erneut lesen. %1</P>" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150 -msgid "Load boot loader settings" -msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen laden" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +#~ "manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Zum manuellen Bearbeiten der Bootloader-Konfigurationsdateien\n" +#~ "klicken Sie auf <B>Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten</B>.</P>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154 -msgid "Checking boot loader..." -msgstr "Bootloader wird überprüft..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" +#~ "in the boot menu.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>In der Tabelle steht jeder Abschnitt für\n" +#~ "einen Eintrag im Bootmenü.</P>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156 -msgid "Reading partitioning..." -msgstr "Partitionierung wird eingelesen..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" +#~ "selected section.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Klicken Sie auf <B>Bearbeiten</B> zum Anzeigen der Eigenschaften des\n" +#~ "gewählten Abschnitts.</P>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 -msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." -msgstr "Bootloader-Einstellungen werden geladen..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" +#~ "section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +#~ "a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +#~ "OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +#~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +#~ "menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Klicken Sie auf <b>Als Standard setzen</b>, um den ausgewählten Abschnitt\n" +#~ "als Standard festzulegen. Beim Starten stellt der Bootloader ein\n" +#~ "Bootmenü bereit und wartet auf die Auswahl des Kernels oder eines anderen Betriebssystems zum Booten durch den\n" +#~ "Benutzer. Wenn vor dem Zeitablauf keine Eingabe erfolgt, wird der Standard-Kernel\n" +#~ "oder das Standardbetriebssystem gebootet. Die Reihenfolge der Abschnitte im Bootloader-\n" +#~ "Menü kann mit den Schaltflächen <B>Auf</B> und <B>Ab</B> geändert werden.</P>" -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 -msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Bootloader-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" +#~ "or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P>Klicken Sie zum Erstellen eines neuen Bootloader-Abschnitts auf <B>Hinzufügen</B>\n" +#~ "oder zum Löschen des ausgewählten Abschnitts auf <B>Löschen</B>.</P>" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281 -msgid "Create initrd" -msgstr "initrd erstellen" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Speicherort des Bootloaders</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Der Bootloader (%1) kann auf folgende Arten installiert werden:</p>" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders speichern" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" +#~ "This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +#~ "on the computer.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>- Im <b>Master-Boot-Record</b> (MBR).\n" +#~ "Dies ist nicht empfehlenswert, wenn ein anderes Betriebssystem\n" +#~ "auf dem Computer installiert ist.</p>" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "Bootloader installieren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +#~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" +#~ "<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" +#~ "to update the master boot record\n" +#~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "to start &product;.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- Im <b>Bootsektor</b> der <tt>/boot</tt>- oder <tt>/</tt> (root)-\n" +#~ "Partition. Diese Option wird empfohlen, wenn eine geeignete Partition \n" +#~ "vorhanden ist. Aktivieren Sie entweder die Optionen <b>Bootloader-Partition aktivieren</b> und\n" +#~ " <b>MBR durch generischen Code ersetzen</b> in <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>\n" +#~ " damit der Master Boot Record bei Bedarf aktualisiert wird,\n" +#~ " oder konfigurieren Sie Ihren anderen Bootmanager so, \n" +#~ "dass er &product; startet.</p>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289 -msgid "Creating initrd..." -msgstr "initrd wird erstellt ..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +#~ "when selecting this option.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "- Auf einer <b>anderen</b> Partition. Bei der Auswahl dieser Option müssen\n" +#~ "die Einschränkungen des Systems berücksichtigt werden.</p>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders werden gespeichert..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +#~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Auf den meisten PCs gibt es beispielsweise eine\n" +#~ "BIOS-Begrenzung, mit der das Starten auf\n" +#~ "Festplattenzylinder beschränkt wird, die kleiner als 1024 sind. Je nachdem, welchen Bootmanager Sie verwenden,\n" +#~ "können Sie möglicherweise von einer logischen Partition aus starten.</p>" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "Bootloader wird installiert..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Geben Sie den Gerätenamen der Partition (z.B. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> oder\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in das Eingabefeld ein.</p>" -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299 -msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration des Bootloaders wird gespeichert" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" +#~ "To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +#~ "mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Zum Anpassen erweiterter Bootloader-Installationsoptionen (z.B. der Gerätezuordnung)\n" +#~ "klicken Sie auf <b>Details zur Bootloader-Installation</b>.</p>" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" +#~ "To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +#~ "<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Bootloader-Optionen</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Zum Anpassen der Bootloader-Optionen, wie beispielsweise dem Zeitablauf, klicken Sie auf\n" +#~ "<b>Bootloader-Optionen</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<P><B>Manuelle Konfiguration für Experten</B><BR>\n" +#~ "Hier können Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration manuell bearbeiten.</P>\n" +#~ "<P>Hinweis: Die endgültige Konfigurationsdatei verfügt möglicherweise über eine andere Einrückung.</P>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" +#~ "Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "name must be unique.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>Abschnittsname</big></b><br>\n" +#~ "Mit <b>Abschnittsname</b> wird der Name des Bootloader-Abschnitts angegeben. Der Name des\n" +#~ "Abschnitts muss eindeutig sein.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><big><b>Typ des neuen Abschnitts</b></big><br>\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie den Typ des neu zu erstellenden Abschnitts.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" +#~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +#~ "selected section.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Ausgewählten Abschnitt klonen</b>, um den zurzeit ausgewählten Abschnitt zu\n" +#~ "klonen. Anschließend können Sie die Optionen ändern, die sich von dem ausgewählten Abschnitt\n" +#~ "unterscheiden sollen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +#~ "to load and start.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Abbild-Abschnitt</b>, um einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild\n" +#~ "zum Laden und Starten hinzuzufügen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +#~ "but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Xen-Abschnitt</b>, wenn Sie einen neuen Linux-Kernel oder ein anderes Abbild hinzufügen möchten,\n" +#~ "das Starten jedoch in einer Xen-Umgebung erfolgen soll.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Anderes System (Chainloader)</b>, um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, mit dem\n" +#~ "ein Bootabschnitt einer Partition der Festplatte geladen und gestartet wird. Diese Option wird zum\n" +#~ "Booten anderer Betriebssysteme verwendet.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "booting other operating systems.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Menü-Abschnitt</b> um einen Abschnitt hinzuzufügen, der \n" +#~ "eine Konfigurationsdatei (Liste mit Boot-Abschnitten) von einer Plattenpartition liest. Dies wird zum\n" +#~ "Starten anderer Betriebssysteme benutzt.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Keinen Bootloader installieren" + +#~ msgid "Install the default boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" + +#~ msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Standard-Bootloader installieren" + +#~ msgid "Boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader" + +# #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# +# info box title +#~ msgid "Boot Loader" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This function is not available if the boot\n" +#~ "loader is not specified." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Diese Funktion ist nicht verfügbar, wenn der Bootloader\n" +#~ "nicht angegeben ist." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#~ "All changes will be lost.\n" +#~ msgstr "Alle Änderungen gehen dabei verloren.\n" + +#~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" +#~ msgstr "%1Soll der Ort für den Standard-Bootloader festgelegt werden?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The name selected is already used.\n" +#~ "Use a different one.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Der gewählte Name ist schon in Gebrauch.\n" +#~ "Verwenden Sie einen anderen.\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "An error occurred during boot loader\n" +#~ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Während der Installation des Bootloaders trat ein Fehler auf.\n" +#~ "Wollen Sie die Bootloader-Konfiguration wiederholen?\n" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +#~ "saved at %2.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +#~ "The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Continue?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Warnung!\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Aktueller MBR aus %1 wird nun mit MBR\n" +#~ "vom %2 neu geschrieben.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Lediglich der Bootcode im MBR wird neu geschrieben.\n" +#~ "Die Partitionstabelle bleibt unverändert.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Fortfahren?\n" + +#~ msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" +#~ msgstr "&Ja, neu schreiben" + +#~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" +#~ msgstr "Unbekannter Bootloader: %1" + +#~ msgid "Install boot loader" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader installieren" + +#~ msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien des Bootloaders werden gespeichert..." + +#~ msgid "Installing boot loader..." +#~ msgstr "Bootloader wird installiert..." + # SLE12 #~ msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" #~ msgstr "<p><b>Distributor</b> ist der Name des Kernel-Distributors, mit dem der Booteintragsname erstellt wird. </p>" @@ -1379,9 +1249,6 @@ #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Der Abschnittsname muss spezifiziert werden." -#~ msgid "Disk Order" -#~ msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge" - #~ msgid "Boot Menu" #~ msgstr "Bootmenü" @@ -1827,9 +1694,6 @@ #~ msgid " (\"/\")" #~ msgstr " (\"/\")" -#~ msgid " (default)" -#~ msgstr " (Standard)" - #~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1" #~ msgstr "Abschnitte:<br>%1" @@ -3746,9 +3610,6 @@ #~ msgid "image" #~ msgstr "Abbild" -#~ msgid "Yes" -#~ msgstr "Ja" - #~ msgid "No" #~ msgstr "Nein" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/ca-management.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 12:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -155,8 +155,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Passwort:" @@ -228,8 +227,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Die neuen Passwörter sind nicht identisch." @@ -1944,14 +1942,14 @@ #. Creating default CA/Certificate #. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Zertifikat wird erzeugt ..." #. Creating server certificate #. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -1960,30 +1958,29 @@ " CA-Verwaltungsmodul erstellt werden.\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Beenden" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "Konfiguration wirklich speichern?" #. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Verlassen" #. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "" "Wollen Sie die Konfiguration wirklich\n" "ohne Speichern beenden?" -#. Popup displaying openssl error messages -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" @@ -2272,8 +2269,7 @@ msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP-&Passwort:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "Zertifikat-&Passwort:" @@ -2321,28 +2317,23 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ze&rtifikat und Schlüssel unverschlüsselt im PEM-Format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Z&ertifikat und Schlüssel verschlüssselt im PEM-Format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Zertifikat im DER-Format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Zer&tifikat und Schlüssel im PKCS12-Format" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Wie PKCS12 und CA-Kette einschließen" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Neues Passwort:" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/cio.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ # SLE12 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "yes" -msgstr "Ja" +msgid "no" +msgstr "Nein" # SLE12 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "no" -msgstr "Nein" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "Ja" # SLE12 #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 16:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "Die Erwarteten Stimmen müssen ausgefüllt sein, wenn Multicast-Transport konfiguriert ist" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "Die Multicast-Adresse muss ausgefüllt sein" @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkadresse zuweisen:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast-IP-Adresse:" @@ -209,126 +209,126 @@ "Bitte konfigurieren Sie die Mitgliedschaftsliste um und bestätigen Sie alle anderen Einstellungen." #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Sichere Authentifizierung aktivieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "Für ein neu erstelltes Cluster, bestätigen Sie den Button unten um /etc/corosync/authkey zu generieren." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "Um einem existierenden Cluster beizutreten, kopieren Sie bitte /etc/corosync/authkey manuell von anderen Cluster-Knoten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Erstellung von /etc/corosync/authkey fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey darauf folgend erstellen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "Aktiv" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Läuft nicht..." # #-#-#-#-# bootloader.de.po (bootloader.de) #-#-#-#-# CAVE: Es handelt sich hier um den Titel der Konfiguration, nicht um das Verb! #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Systemstart" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "An -- pacemaker beim Systemstart starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Aus -- pacemaker manuell starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "An- und ausschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktueller Status: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "pacemaker jetzt starten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "pacemaker jetzt stoppen" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Host synchronisieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "Löschen" # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-20 14:01:52 CEST -ke- -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Datei synchronisieren" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Pre-Shared-Keys generieren (\"vorher vereinbarte Schlüssel\")" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2-Status unbekannt" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "csync2 ANschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "csync2 AUSschalten" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Geben Sie einen Hostnamen ein" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Hostnamen ändern" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "zu synchronisierenden Dateinamen eingeben" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Dateiname ändern" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -337,12 +337,12 @@ "Wollen Sie sie überschreiben?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Das Löschen der Schlüsseldatei %1 ist fehlgeschlagen." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -350,12 +350,12 @@ "Die Schlüsseldatei %1 wurde angelegt.\n" "Klicken auf den \"Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen\"-Knopf fügt sie zur Synchronisierungsliste hinzu." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Das Erstellen des Schlüssels schlug fehl." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" @@ -365,23 +365,23 @@ "YaST kann helfen einige grundlegende Aspekte von conntrackd zu konfigurieren.\n" "Sie müssen es mit der ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd starten." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Spezielle Schnittstelle:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Gruppen-Nummer:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf erstellen" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "Die Gruppen-Nummer muss ein positiver Integer sein" @@ -508,97 +508,97 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Die Cluster-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Datenbank einlesen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen einlesen" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSE-Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen." #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Datenbank wird eingelesen ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Vorherige Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "SuSE-Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Das benötigte Paket konnte nicht installiert werden" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Die vorhandene Konfiguration kann nicht geladen werden" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Datenbank1 konnte nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Datenbank2 konnte nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Keine Geräte gefunden." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der Cluster-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Änderungen in SuSE-Firewall speichern" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Die Änderungen werden in SuSE-Firewall gespeichert..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 12:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -32,309 +32,669 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +# SLE12 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| " " msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" -"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" -"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" -" " +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n" -"<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist komplett.\n" -"Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System anmelden.</p>\n" -"<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n" -"<p>Wir wünschen Ihnen viel Vergnügen!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n" -"\t" +"<p>\n" +"Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n" +"Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n" +"Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Die Desktop-Umgebung auf ihrem Computer stellt sowohl eine\n" -"grafische Benutzeroberfläche, sowie eine Vielfalt an Anwendungen für\n" -"E-Mail, Webbrowsing, Office-Arbeiten, Spiele und Werkzeuge um ihren PC\n" -"zu verwalten.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE bietet ihnen eine Auswahl an Desktop-Umgebungen. Die meist\n" -"verbreitetsten Desktop-Umgebungen sind GNOME und KDE, sie werden beide\n" -"gleichwertig von openSUSE unterstützt. Beide sind einfach zu benutzen, hoch\n" -"integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktop-Umgebung hat einen\n" -"eigenen Stil, ihr persönlicher Geschmack entscheidet also, welche für Sie\n" -"die passendere ist." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +msgid "CIM Server" +msgstr "CIM-Server" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME-Desktop" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE-Desktop" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE-Desktop" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE-Desktop" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimales grafisches System (X Window)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +msgid "Expert" +msgstr "Experten" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live-Installationseinstellungen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Aktualisierungs-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netzwerk-Konfiguration" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Vorbereitung" # SLE12 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" # SLE12 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Willkommen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalyse" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update" +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Online-Aktualisierung" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +msgid "Add-On Products" +msgstr "Zusatzprodukte" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Online-Repositories" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -msgid "Add-On Products" -msgstr "Zusatzprodukte" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Desktop-Auswahl" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installation durchführen" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation" +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "Installation" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + # FIXME "System zum Aktualisieren"? -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System für Aktualisierung" # #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# Use "Update" here; cf. #29964 # 2003-09-10 18:45:06 CEST -ke- -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +msgid "Update Summary" +msgstr "Zusammenfassung" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung ausführen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallation" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" # SLE12 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ " " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n" -#~ "Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n" -#~ "Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ "<p>\n" -#~ "Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n" -#~ "</p>\n" -#~ " " +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"Die Installation wurde erfolgreich abgeschlossen.\n" +"Das System ist einsatzbereit.\n" +"Klicken Sie auf 'Fertig stellen', und melden Sie sich beim System an.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Besuchen Sie uns unter http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " -#~ msgid "CIM Server" -#~ msgstr "CIM-Server" +# FIXME "System zum Aktualisieren"? +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System for Update" +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "System für Aktualisierung" -#~ msgid "Overview" -#~ msgstr "Überblick" +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Expert" -#~ msgstr "Experten" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +msgstr "" -#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" -# #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- -#~ msgid "Installation Summary" -#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassung" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "XEN-Virtualisierungshost" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "XEN-Virtualisierungshost" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkdienste" + +# SLE12 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" + # #-#-#-#-# control.de.po (control.de) #-#-#-#-# shortened; cf. #46275 -ke- -#~ msgid "Update Summary" -#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassung" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Zusammenfassung" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n" +"<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist komplett.\n" +"Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System anmelden.</p>\n" +"<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Wir wünschen Ihnen viel Vergnügen!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n" +"\t" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#| "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#| "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#| "manage your computer.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#| "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#| "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#| "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#| "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#| "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"Die Desktop-Umgebung auf ihrem Computer stellt sowohl eine\n" +"grafische Benutzeroberfläche, sowie eine Vielfalt an Anwendungen für\n" +"E-Mail, Webbrowsing, Office-Arbeiten, Spiele und Werkzeuge um ihren PC\n" +"zu verwalten.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE bietet ihnen eine Auswahl an Desktop-Umgebungen. Die meist\n" +"verbreitetsten Desktop-Umgebungen sind GNOME und KDE, sie werden beide\n" +"gleichwertig von openSUSE unterstützt. Beide sind einfach zu benutzen, hoch\n" +"integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktop-Umgebung hat einen\n" +"eigenen Stil, ihr persönlicher Geschmack entscheidet also, welche für Sie\n" +"die passendere ist." + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "GNOME-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KDE Desktop" +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "KDE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "XFCE Desktop" +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "XFCE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "LXDE-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Minimales grafisches System (X Window)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Minimale Serverauswahl (Textmodus)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Online-Repositories" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Desktop-Auswahl" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Zusatzproduktinstallation" @@ -395,9 +755,6 @@ #~ msgid "Customer Center" #~ msgstr "Kundencenter" -#~ msgid "Online Update" -#~ msgstr "Online-Aktualisierung" - #~ msgid "Release Notes" #~ msgstr "Versionshinweise" @@ -537,9 +894,6 @@ #~ msgid "Virtual Machine" #~ msgstr "Virtuelle Maschine" -#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host" -#~ msgstr "XEN-Virtualisierungshost" - # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #~ msgid "Software Selection" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/country.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 21:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -677,7 +677,9 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value for hardware clock" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "Neuer Wert für Hardware-Uhr" #. summary label @@ -864,52 +866,52 @@ "Ungültiges Datum (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Geben Sie das richtige Datum ein.\n" -#. button text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andere &Einstellungen..." #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Zeit und Datum (NTP ist konfiguriert)" #. frame label #. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Datum und Zeit " #. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "&Rechneruhr auf UTC gestellt" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Region" # #-#-#-#-# country.de.po (country.de) #-#-#-#-# # &Z is gone (&zurücksetzen) # &o is gone (M&odus). -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "Z&eitzone" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Datum und Zeit: " #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>" @@ -918,7 +920,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Zeitzonen- und Uhreinstellungen</big></b></p>" #. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" @@ -933,7 +935,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n" @@ -944,12 +946,12 @@ "</p>" #. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Uhr und Zeitzone" #. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine gültige Zeitzone." @@ -1037,183 +1039,190 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "Spanisch (Lateinamerika)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italienisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugiesisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien, mit US-Sonderzeichen)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griechisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Niederländisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Dänisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Norwegisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Schwedisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finnisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Tschechisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Tschechisch (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Slowakisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Slowakisch (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Slowenisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Ungarisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polnisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Russisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estnisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Litauisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Türkisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Kroatisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japanisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belgisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Isländisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ukrainisch" # #-#-#-#-# country.de.po (country.de) #-#-#-#-# HKA: Khmer # AA: Kambodschanisch #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Khmer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Koreanisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Arabisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tadschikisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chinesisch (Langzeichen)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chinesisch (Kurzzeichen)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumänisch" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "US International" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/crowbar.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 14:05+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Maik Wagner <maiktapwagner@aol.com>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -29,32 +29,25 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Konfiguration von Crowbar" -#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 -msgid "Common for All" -msgstr "Für alle gültig" - #. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 -msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgid "SLES 12 SP1" msgstr "SLES 11 SP3" -#. target platform name -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12" -msgstr "SLES 12" - #. combobox label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106 -#| msgid "&List of Repositories" msgid "&Location of Repositories" msgstr "&Ort der Repositories" #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" #| "<p>\n" -#| "Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" #| "</p><p>\n" #| "<ul>\n" #| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" @@ -65,33 +58,24 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought" -" to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also" -" possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>" -" for SMT server\n" -"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Hier können Sie die Adresse Ihres <b>Update-Repositories</b> ändern.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert" -" werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n" -" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch" -" möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen" -" könnte:\n" +"Wenn Repositories auf dem SMT-Server oder SUSE Manager Server gespeichert werden, reicht es die URL des Servers und die Pfade\n" +" der Repositories werden automatisch ausgefüllt.</p>Es ist auch möglich, eigene Pfade zu verwenden. Eine Beispiele wie die URL aussehen könnte:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i>" -" für SMT-Server\n" -"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle" -"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> für SMT-Server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> für SUSE-Manager-Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "Eine ausführliche Beschreibung finden Sie im Deployment Handbuch.\n" "</p>" @@ -104,8 +88,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:158 msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Verwalten Sie Benutzernamen und Passwörter für Crowbar-Administratoren.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:194 @@ -115,15 +98,11 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p" -">\n" -"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as" -" space-separated list.</p>" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten <b" -">Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen" -" als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>" +"<p>Definieren Sie hier einen <b>Netzwerkmodus</b> mit relevanten <b>Bonding-Einstellungen</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Hier können Sie auch Schnittstellennamen für Bastion-Netzwerk-Verbindungen als durch Leerzeichen getrennte Liste angeben.</p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -220,33 +199,32 @@ msgstr "&IP-Adresse" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" # error box title #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Bei Fehler nachfragen" -#. frame label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 -#| msgid "Target Name" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "Zielplattform" +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 -#| msgid "" -#| "User '%1' already exists.\n" -#| "Choose a different name." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -255,79 +233,82 @@ "Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 -#| msgid "LDAP Server &URL" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "Server &URL" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Repository-Name" # error box title #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "Bei Fehler n&achfragen" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "Repository-&URL" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "Eine leere URL bedeutet, dass der Standardwert benutzt werden wird." #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "Repository hinzufügen" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 -#| msgid "Remote WINS Server" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote SMT Server" +msgid "Local SMT Server" +msgstr "Entfernter SMT Server" + +#. combobox item +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Entfernter SMT Server" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 -#| msgid "Finger Server" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 msgid "SUSE Manager Server" msgstr "SUSE Manager Server" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Benutzername" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Wiederholen Sie das Passwort" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 -#| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "Benutzername darf nicht leer sein." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -336,7 +317,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -345,17 +326,17 @@ "Wählen Sie einen anderen Namen." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "Das Schnittstellenformat '%1' ist nicht gültig." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiviert" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -365,7 +346,7 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -374,7 +355,7 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -383,17 +364,17 @@ "%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Die Routeradresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Die IP-Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -402,70 +383,62 @@ "Passen Sie diese über die Schaltfläche 'Bereiche bearbeiten' an." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Min. IP-Adresse" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Max. IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "Die Adresse '%1' ist nicht Teil des Netzwerks '%2'." # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-# # sounds strange #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Die niedrigste Adresse muss niedriger als die höchste sein" #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Die Bereiche '%1' und '%2' überlappen sich." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Ben&utzereinstellungen" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 -msgid "" -"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem" -" Standard-Passwort benutzt." +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 +msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." +msgstr "Wenn kein Benutzer vorhanden ist, wird der Benutzer 'crowbar' mit dem Standard-Passwort benutzt." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Net&zwerkmodus" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Bastion-Netzwerk" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Netz&werke" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&positories" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 -#| msgid "" -#| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" -#| "currently not supported.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 msgid "" "The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" "currently not supported.\n" @@ -478,7 +451,7 @@ "Sie können die Crowbar-Webschnittstelle unter http://%1:3000/ ansehen" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Überblick über die Konfiguration von Crowbar" @@ -511,11 +484,6 @@ #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" -#| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" -#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "See the product deployment guide for details on the network\n" @@ -523,8 +491,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das" -" Netzwerkkonfiguration\n" +"Lesen Sie im Product Deployment Guide nach Details über das Netzwerkkonfiguration\n" "und wie dieses YaST-Modul verwendet wird.\n" "</p>" @@ -539,41 +506,47 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der Crowbar-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Einlesen der Konfiguration" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird eingelesen..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Crowbar-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Die Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." +#~ msgid "Common for All" +#~ msgstr "Für alle gültig" + +#~ msgid "SLES 12" +#~ msgstr "SLES 12" + #~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator" #~ msgstr "Passwort für den Crowbar-Administrator" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/dhcp-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -77,9 +77,7 @@ msgstr "Optionen für DHCP-Subnetz verwalten" #. command line help text for an option -#. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Alle festgelegten Hosts mit einer festen Adresse auflisten" @@ -122,242 +120,249 @@ # there are length limits # 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke- #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Wählen Sie die zu verwendende Netzwerkschnittstelle." #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "Derzeit verwendete Schnittstelle anzeigen und andere verfügbare Schnittstellen auflisten" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Aktuelle Optionen anzeigen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Globale Option festlegen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Optionsschlüssel (z.B. ntp-servers)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Optionswert (z.B. IP-Adresse)" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Niedrigste IP-Adresse des Zuweisungsbereichs für dynamische Adressen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "Höchste IP-Adresse des Zuweisungsbereichs für dynamische Adressen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Standard-Lease-Zeit in Sekunden" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Maximale Lease-Zeit in Sekunden" #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist aktiviert." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist deaktiviert." #. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Rechner: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address #. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Hardware: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP-Adresse: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "Der Hostname wurde nicht angegeben." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "Der angegebene Rechner ist nicht vorhanden." #. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" #. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Kein" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Gewählte Schnittstellen: %1" #. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Andere Schnittstellen: %1" #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "Die angegebene Schnittstelle ist nicht vorhanden." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "Interface-Aktion wurde nicht angegeben." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Der Optionsschlüssel muss festgelegt werden." #. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Wert muss festgelegt werden." #. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Adressbereich: %1-%2" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Standard-Lease-Zeit: %1" #. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Maximale Lease-Zeit: %1" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration fehlgeschlagen. Einstellungen ändern?" +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" +msgid "Saving the configuration failed" +msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration fehlgeschlagen. Einstellungen ändern?" + #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globale Optionen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Subnetzes" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Host mit fester Adresse" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Gemeinsames Netzwerk" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adress-Pool" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Gruppenspezifische Optionen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subnetz" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Rechner" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "Gemeinsames &Netzwerk" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Gruppe" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Adress-&Pool" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Klasse" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Deklarationstypen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Deklarationstyp" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Schnittstelle" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG-Schlüsselverwaltung" @@ -382,190 +387,150 @@ msgstr "Sekunden" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Start" #. dialog caption #. tree item #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Start" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Kartenauswahl" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Kartenauswahl" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Globale Einstellungen" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Dynamisches DHCP" #. dialog caption #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Dynamisches DHCP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Host-Verwaltung" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Host-Verwaltung" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP-Server: Einstellungen für Experten" #. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Beim &Systemstart" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221 -msgid "DHCP server is running" -msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist aktiv" - -#. label - service status -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225 -msgid "DHCP server is not running" -msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist nicht aktiv" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP-Server nun &starten" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233 -msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP-Server nun an&halten" - -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" -msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server &nun neu starten" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247 -msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP-Server nun starten" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249 -msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "DHCP-Server nun anhalten" - -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" -msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server nun neu starten" - -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP-Server Start-Parameter" #. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Netzwerkkarten für DHCP-Server" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Ausgewählt" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Schnittstellenname" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Wählen" #. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Auswahl aufheben" #. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-Adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Es muss mindestens eine Netzwerkschnittstelle gewählt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." @@ -575,60 +540,60 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Name des DHCP-Servers (optional)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domain-Name" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP des &primären Nameservers" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP des &sekundären Nameservers" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Standard&gateway (Router) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-&Zeitserver" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Druckserver" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS-Server" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Standard-&Lease-Zeit" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Einheiten" @@ -636,48 +601,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Der angegebene Wert ist kein gültiger Hostname oder keine gültige IP-Adresse." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Subnetz-Informationen" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Aktuelles &Netzwerk" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Aktuelle Netz&maske" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Netzmasken-Bi&ts" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Min&imale IP-Adresse" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Ma&ximale IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-Adressbereich" @@ -685,10 +650,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Erste IP-Adresse" @@ -696,61 +661,61 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "&Letzte IP-Adresse" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Dynamisches &BOOTP erlauben" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Lease-Zeit" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Standard" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maximum" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Einhei&ten" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Neue DNS-Zone erstellen" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Aktuelle DNS-Zone bearbeiten" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Aktuelle Zoneninformationen abrufen" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&DNS-Server synchronisieren ..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -760,8 +725,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Geben Sie Werte für beide Enden des IP-Adressbereichs ein." @@ -769,8 +734,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -779,127 +744,127 @@ "IP %1 stimmt nicht mit dem Netzwerk %2/%3 überein." #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registrierter Rechner" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardware-Adresse" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Konfiguration anzeigen" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Name" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardware-Adresse" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token-Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "In Liste &ändern" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Aus Liste &löschen" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Die Hardware-Adresse ist ungültig.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Die Hardware-Adresse muss eindeutig sein." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Der Hostname muss eingetragen werden." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Ein Host mit dem Namen %1 ist bereits vorhanden." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Geben Sie eine Host-IP ein." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Die Hardware-Adresse muss angegeben werden." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Sie müssen zuerst einen Host wählen." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Der Eingabewert muss angegeben werden." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -920,15 +885,15 @@ "Möchten Sie fortfahren?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" ist keine gültige Befehlszeilenoption für DHCP-Server" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "Für die DHCP-Server-Befehlszeilenoption \"-%1\" ist ein Argument erforderlich" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -947,7 +912,7 @@ "Wollen Sie wirklich fortfahren?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP-Server-Assistent (%1/4)" @@ -1236,7 +1201,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "Die letzte IP-Adresse muss höher sein als die erste." @@ -1263,7 +1228,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ungültiger Hostname." @@ -1274,9 +1239,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Ungültige IP-Adresse." @@ -1294,44 +1259,44 @@ "IP-Adressen (%2-%3), der auf dem DHCP-Server definiert ist.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "DNS-Zoneneinträge werden neu generiert ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Neuer DNS-Record wird hinzugefügt" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostname" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "DHCP-Bereich %1-%2 wird dem DNS-Server hinzugefügt ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Mit dem Bereich übereinstimmende DNS-Records werden entfernt" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Einträge im Bereich %1-%2 werden vom DNS-Server entfernt ..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1305,7 @@ "Der DNS-Server kann darin keine Einträge schreiben.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1350,18 +1315,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "Erstellen von Zone %1 nicht möglich." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "DNS-Umkehreinträge werden synchronisiert ..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1370,62 +1335,62 @@ "Soll dieser Vorgang wirklich abgebrochen werden?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Domain" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Netzwerk" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Netz&maske" #. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS-Zoneneinträge" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Hostname" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "Zugewiesene IP" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Hinzufügen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Spezielle Aufgaben" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Neuen Bereich von DNS-Records hinzufügen" #. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Assistenten ausführen, um die DNS-Zone neu zu schreiben" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Mit Reverse-Lookupzone %1 synchronisieren" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP-Server: DNS-Server-Synchronisierung" @@ -1724,8 +1689,7 @@ "Bitte warten ...</p>" #. help text 1/2 -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1752,20 +1716,9 @@ "Diese Option ist nur dann verfügbar, wenn die Firewall\n" "aktiviert ist.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 +#. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>DHCP-Server</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Soll der DHCP-Server bei jedem Systemstart gestartet werden, aktivieren Sie\n" -"<b>DHCP-Server starten</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" "<p>\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" "<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" @@ -1777,7 +1730,7 @@ "Chroot-Jail ist sicherer und wird stark empfohlen.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1788,7 +1741,7 @@ "aktivieren Sie <b>LDAP-Unterstützung</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1803,7 +1756,7 @@ "Wählen Sie eine Deklaration aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Löschen</b>, um die Deklaration zu löschen.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1818,7 +1771,7 @@ "dynamischen DNS-Updates verwendet werden können.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>" @@ -1827,7 +1780,7 @@ "Legen Sie hier die <b>Netzwerkadresse</b> und die <b>Netzwerkmaske</b> des Subnetzes fest.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1838,7 +1791,7 @@ " spezielle Optionen unter <b>Hostname</b> an.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n" @@ -1851,7 +1804,7 @@ "Der Name hat keinen Einfluss auf das Verhalten des DHCP-Servers.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n" @@ -1864,7 +1817,7 @@ "Der Name hat keinen Einfluss auf das Verhalten des DHCP-Servers.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n" @@ -1877,7 +1830,7 @@ "Der Name hat keinen Einfluss auf das Verhalten des DHCP-Servers.</p>" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>" @@ -1886,7 +1839,7 @@ "Legen Sie den Namen der Hostklasse unter <b>Klassenname</b> fest.</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1901,7 +1854,7 @@ "zu entfernen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Löschen</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>" @@ -1910,7 +1863,7 @@ "Möchten Sie für Rechner dieses Subnetzes dynamisches DNS anpassen, verwenden Sie <b>Dynamisches DNS</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1921,7 +1874,7 @@ "<b>Dynamisches DNS für dieses Subnetz aktivieren</b>.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1937,7 +1890,7 @@ "und für die Reverse-Lookupzone an.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1950,7 +1903,7 @@ "aktivieren Sie <b>Globale dynamische DNS-Einstellungen aktualisieren</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" @@ -1964,7 +1917,7 @@ "können sie die Felder leer lassen.</p>" #. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n" "Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" @@ -1977,7 +1930,7 @@ "dhcpd-Manpage. Wenn hier kein Eintrag vorgenommen wird, werden die Standardwerte verwendet.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n" "Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n" @@ -1986,7 +1939,7 @@ "Wählen Sie eine oder mehrere der aufgeführten Netzwerkkarten aus, die für den DHCP-Server verwendet werden soll(en).</p> \n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1995,7 +1948,7 @@ "(der Name des dhcpServer-LDAP-Objekts) angegeben werden, wenn er von Ihrem Hostnamen abweicht.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>" @@ -2005,7 +1958,7 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients.</p>" @@ -2014,7 +1967,7 @@ "IPs an Clients vergibt.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2025,7 +1978,7 @@ "Bei diesen Werten muss es sich um IP-Adressen handeln.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>" @@ -2034,7 +1987,7 @@ "Wert als Standard-Route in die Routing-Tabelle der Clients eingefügt.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization.</p>" @@ -2043,12 +1996,12 @@ "für die Zeitsynchronisierung zu verwenden.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Druckserver</b> bietet diesen Server als Standarddruckserver an.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" @@ -2057,7 +2010,7 @@ "(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>" @@ -2066,7 +2019,7 @@ "die vergebene IP abläuft und der Client eine neue IP anfordern muss.</p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2079,7 +2032,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2096,7 +2049,7 @@ " Adressen dynamisch an BOOTP-Clients wie auch an DHCP-Clients vergeben werden.</p>\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n" "Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2107,7 +2060,7 @@ "mit dem die optimale IP-Aktualisierungszeit für Clients festgelegt wird.<br></p>" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>" @@ -2116,7 +2069,7 @@ "festgelegt, in der diese IP-Adresse für den Client auf dem DHCP-Server gesperrt wird.</p>" #. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2127,7 +2080,7 @@ "<b>Expertenkonfiguration für DHCP-Server</b>, um die vollständige Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers einzugeben.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>" @@ -2136,7 +2089,7 @@ "Bearbeiten Sie in diesem Dialog Rechner mit statischer Adressenzuordnung.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n" "<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n" @@ -2151,17 +2104,17 @@ "Tabelle, ändern alle Werte und drücken auf <b>In Liste ändern</b>.</p>" #. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>" msgstr "<p>Zum Entfernen eines Rechners selektieren Sie diesen und drücken Sie auf <b>Von Liste löschen</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie einen Typ für die hinzuzufügende Deklaration aus.</p>" #. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To add a network declaration,\n" "select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>" @@ -2170,7 +2123,7 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Subnetz</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>" @@ -2179,7 +2132,7 @@ "sind (in der Regel eine feste Adresse), fügen Sie mit <b>Host</b> hinzu.</p>" #. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>" @@ -2188,7 +2141,7 @@ "mehreren logischen Netzwerken) wählen Sie <b>Gemeinsames Netzwerk</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>" @@ -2197,7 +2150,7 @@ "wenn sie Einstellungen gemeinsam nutzen sollen) wählen Sie <b>Gruppe</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2208,7 +2161,7 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Adress-Pool</b>.</p>" #. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2221,23 +2174,23 @@ #. selection box #. selection box #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "&Adressen" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "Die eingegebene Adresse ist ungültig." #. message popup #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Es muss wenigstens eine Adresse angegeben werden." @@ -2247,96 +2200,96 @@ #. @param [String] key string option key #. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled #. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Werte" #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Die eingegebenen Adressen sind ungültig." #. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Es muss wenigstens ein Adresspaar angegeben werden." #. table item, means switched on #. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "An" #. table item, means switched off #. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Aus" #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Es muss ein Wert angegeben werden." #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Neue Adresse" #. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Neuer Wert" #. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Mehrere Adressen werden durch Leerzeichen getrennt." #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "Adresspaar &hinzufügen" # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-# # sounds strange #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "Die niedrigste Adresse muss niedriger als die höchste sein" #. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Falls Sie dies ändern, sollten Sie auch die syslog-Konfiguration aktualisieren" #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "&Hardware-Typ" #. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, #. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-Adresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "&Niedrigste IP-Adresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "&Höchste IP-Adresse" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2345,7 +2298,7 @@ "gehen alle Änderungen verloren. Wirklich beenden?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2356,7 +2309,7 @@ "Fortfahren?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2367,7 +2320,7 @@ "Führen Sie die YaST-Firewall-Konfiguration aus, um sie einer Zone zuzuweisen." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2377,8 +2330,8 @@ #. popup message #. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2386,202 +2339,191 @@ "Diese Funktion steht während der Vorbereitung\n" "der Auto-Installation nicht zur Verfügung." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445 -msgid "Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP-Server neu starten" - -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450 -msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" -msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server neu starten" - # #-#-#-#-# dhcp-server.de.po (dhcp-server.de) #-#-#-#-# # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. tree widget #. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "&Konfigurierte Deklarationen" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "&Dynamisches DNS" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&Schlüssel für Forward-Lookupzone" #. combo box #. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&Schlüssel für Reverse-Lookupzone" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Datei mit Authentifizierungs-Schlüssel wählen" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060 -msgid "&Start DHCP Server" -msgstr "DHCP-Server &starten" +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "DHCP-Server in Chroot-Jail &starten" -#. menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Er&weitert" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "&Protokoll anzeigen" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der &Schnittstelle" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "&Netzwerkadresse" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "Netzwerk&maske" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Name der Gruppe" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "Pool-&Name" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Name des gemeinsamen Netzwerks" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "&Name der Klasse" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Verfügbare Schnittstellen" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "&Firewall für gewählte Schnittstellen öffnen" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "Dynamisches DNS für dieses Subnetz &aktivieren" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "Globale dynamische DNS-Einstellungen &aktualisieren" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zone" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "&Primärer DNS-Server" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "Re&verse-Lookupzone" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Pr&imärer DNS-Server" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "&Expertenkonfiguration für DHCP-Server ..." #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers initialisieren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Umgebung prüfen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für den DHCP-Server lesen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-Servereinstellungen lesen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Umgebung wird geprüft ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für den DHCP-Server werden gelesen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-Servereinstellungen werden gelesen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2598,7 +2540,7 @@ "Der Vorgang wird abgebrochen." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2607,7 +2549,7 @@ "DHCP-Servers wird nicht verfügbar sein." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2616,87 +2558,87 @@ "zu sein. Wollen Sie eine neue Konfiguration erstellen?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des DHCP-Servers speichern" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für den DHCP-Server schreiben" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "DHCP-Server neu starten" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "DNS-Servereinstellungen schreiben" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für den DHCP-Server werden geschrieben ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "DHCP-Server wird neu gestartet ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "DNS-Servereinstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Fehler beim Neustarten des DHCP-Daemons." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "Der DHCP-Server wird beim Systemstart aktiviert" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "Der DHCP-Server wird beim Systemstart nicht aktiviert" #. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Lauschen auf: %1" #. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Dynamischer Adressbereich: %1" #. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ungültige LDAP-Konfiguration. LDAP kann nicht verwendet werden." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "Keine Unterstützung für multiple dhcpServiceDN implementiert." #. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "Der DHCP-Dienst-DN ist nicht angegeben." @@ -2704,27 +2646,69 @@ #. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key #. Error report #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Beim Anlegen von %1 trat ein Fehler auf." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Beim Aktualisieren von %1 trat ein Fehler auf." #. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Beim Erzeugen von cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1 trat ein Fehler auf." #. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Beim Schreiben von /etc/dhcpd.conf trat ein Fehler auf." +#~ msgid "DHCP server is running" +#~ msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist aktiv" + +#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running" +#~ msgstr "Der DHCP-Server ist nicht aktiv" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server nun &starten" + +#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server nun an&halten" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now" +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server &nun neu starten" + +#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server nun starten" + +#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server nun anhalten" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now" +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server nun neu starten" + #~ msgid "" +#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n" +#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP-Server</big></b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>Soll der DHCP-Server bei jedem Systemstart gestartet werden, aktivieren Sie\n" +#~ "<b>DHCP-Server starten</b>.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server neu starten" + +#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und DHCP-Server neu starten" + +#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server" +#~ msgstr "DHCP-Server &starten" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/dns-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 14:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -313,8 +313,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -385,11 +384,10 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" @@ -407,7 +405,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" @@ -417,9 +415,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" @@ -432,8 +430,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Forwarders" @@ -463,12 +461,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" @@ -497,14 +494,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Mailserver" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Priorität" @@ -566,8 +563,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS-Zonen" @@ -589,7 +586,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv" @@ -614,143 +611,98 @@ msgstr "&Expertenkonfiguration für DNS-Server ..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS-Server" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "Wende Änderungen des Dialogs an" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "Start" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "Grundlegende Optionen" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Protokollieren" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "ACLs" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "TSIG-Schlüssel" - # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Richtlinie für lokale DNS-Auflösung" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "Zusammenführen von Forwardern ist deaktiviert" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Automatisches Zusammenführen" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "Zusammenführen von Forwardern ist aktiviert" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Konfiguration" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Richtlinie" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Forwarder für lokale DNS-Auflösung" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "System-Nameserver werden verwendet" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Dieser Nameserver (Bind)" # SLE12 #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Lokaler dnsmasq-Server" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "IP-Adresse hinzufügen" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4- oder IPv6-A&dresse" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "Forwarder-&Liste" # SLE12 #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "Lokaler Forwarder kann nicht auf %{forwarder} gesetzt werden" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "Kann lokales Äquivalent für IP %1 nicht finden." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -761,11 +713,11 @@ "in ihr lokales Equivalent %2 geändert." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Ungültige IPv4- oder IPv6-Adresse." -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -774,24 +726,24 @@ "und Doppelpunkten" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "Der angegebene Forwarder ist bereits vorhanden." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Option hinzufügen oder ändern" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&ption" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Wert" @@ -799,23 +751,23 @@ # Do not use &ä -ke- #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "Än&dern" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Aktuelle Optionen" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Option" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -824,7 +776,7 @@ "ohne Wert festlegen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -833,7 +785,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %2 setzen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -842,7 +794,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %2 setzen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -851,7 +803,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %1 setzen?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -860,7 +812,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie wirklich auf %1 setzen?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -869,77 +821,77 @@ "Möchten Sie wirklich eine weitere hinzufügen?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Protokolltyp" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Systemprotokoll" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Datei" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "Maximale &Größe (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Maximale Anzahl der &Versionen" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Zusätzliches Protokollieren" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Alle DNS-&Abfragen protokollieren" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Zonen-&Updates protokollieren" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Zonen-&Transfer protokollieren" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Datei für Protokoll wählen" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Option einrichten" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Name" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Aktuelle ACL-Liste" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -948,12 +900,12 @@ "Wollen Sie sie wirklich entfernen?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "Der angegebene ACL-Eintrag ist bereits vorhanden." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Neue Zone hinzufügen" @@ -962,8 +914,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" @@ -973,9 +925,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Slave" @@ -984,36 +936,36 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Forward" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Konfigurierte DNS-Zonen" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Die Zone mit dem angegebenen Namen ist bereits konfiguriert." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration fehlgeschlagen. Einstellungen ändern?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration files" msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien speichern" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -1021,43 +973,88 @@ "Alle Änderungen gehen verloren.\n" "Möchten Sie wirklich die Konfiguration des DNS-Servers verlassen, ohne zu speichern?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog" +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Wende Änderungen des Dialogs an" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "Start" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "Grundlegende Optionen" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Protokollieren" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "ACLs" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "TSIG-Schlüssel" + # #-#-#-#-# dns-server.de.po (dns-server.de) #-#-#-#-# # Shortcut &A is taken for "Update &abbrechen" # 2001-06-27 17:17:22 CEST -ke- #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "Dynamische Updates &erlauben" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG-&Schlüssel" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Zonen-&Transport aktivieren" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Einträge a&utomatisch generieren aus" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zon&e" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Verbundene Reverse-Zonen" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1066,34 +1063,34 @@ "der Auto-Installation nicht zur Verfügung.\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "Kein TSIG-Schlüssel festgelegt." #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Hinzuzufügender &Nameserver" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Liste der Na&meserver" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "Der angegebene Name-Server ist bereits vorhanden." #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Hinzuzufügender Mailserver" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" @@ -1101,116 +1098,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Priorität" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Mail-Relay-Liste" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Der angegebene Wert ist kein gültiger Hostname oder keine gültige IP-Adresse." #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "Der angegebene Mailserver ist bereits vorhanden." #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunden" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuten" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Stunden" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Tage" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Wochen" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "&Seriennummer" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Einheit" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Re&fresh (aktualisieren)" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Ein&heit" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "&Wiederholen" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ab&laufdatum" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "Einh&eit" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Einhei&t" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Die Seriennummer der Zone muss angegeben werden." #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "Die Seriennummer darf nicht länger sein als %1 Ziffern." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1225,104 +1222,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "&Eintragschlüssel" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "&Typ" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "&Wert" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Dienst" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Gewicht" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: Übersetzung des IPv4 -Domänennamens" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: Übersetzung des IPv6-Domänennamens" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: Alias für Domänenname" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: Namenserver" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: Mail-Relay" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: Umgekehrte Übersetzung" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: Services-Eintrag" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: Texteintrag" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für den Eintrag" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Konfigurierte Ressourcen-Einträge" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Eintragschlüssel" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1335,13 +1332,13 @@ "oder in der relativen Form zur aktuellen Zone unterstützt." #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Ungültige IPv6-Adresse." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1353,7 +1350,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1362,72 +1359,66 @@ "Diese Nachricht ist %{current} Zeichen lang." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME kann nicht auf sich selber zeigen" #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Interner Fehler." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Zonen-Editor" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Grundlagen" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS-&Einträge" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "&Einträge" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "M&X-Einträge" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Einstellungen für Zone" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "Er&weitert" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Es muss mindestens ein NS-Server festgelegt werden." @@ -1435,7 +1426,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." @@ -1444,17 +1435,17 @@ "Zum manuellen Ändern der Einträge deaktivieren Sie die Funktion 'Einträge generieren aus'." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP des &Master DNS-Servers" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Fehlender Master-Server" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1465,32 +1456,32 @@ "Wenn Sie fortfahren, wird die aktuelle Zone entfernt." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "Es wurde kein Master-DNS-Server definiert." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "Der angegebene Master-Namenserver ist keine gültige IP-Adresse." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Neue &Forwarder-IP-Adresse" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Aktuelle &Zonen-Forwarder" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Forward-Zonen-Editor" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2538,56 +2529,56 @@ msgstr "&Mail-Relay" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des DNS-Servers initialisieren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Umgebung prüfen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Zwischenspeicher des DNS-Daemons leeren." #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen lesen" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Umgebung wird geprüft ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Zwischenspeicher des DNS-Daemons werden geleert ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2596,73 +2587,73 @@ "Fehler: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des DNS-Servers speichern" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien speichern" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "DNS-Daemon neu starten" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Zonendateien aktualisieren" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "DNS-Dienst anpassen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "netconfig aufrufen" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien werden gespeichert ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Der DNS-Daemon wird neu gestartet ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Zonendateien werden aktualisiert ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "DNS-Dienst wird angepasst ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "netconfig wird aufgerufen ..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." # SLE12 #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2671,43 +2662,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Stub" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Tipp:" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "Der DNS-Server wird beim Systemstart gestartet." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "Der DNS-Server wird beim Systemstart nicht gestartet." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Konfigurierte Zonen: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "Ungültige LDAP-Konfiguration. LDAP kann nicht verwendet werden." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "LDAP-Unterstützung aktivieren?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2716,30 +2707,33 @@ "Die LDAP-Unterstützung wird nicht aktiviert sein." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Unbekannter Fehler bei LDAP-Initialisierung." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Beim Anlegen von %1 trat ein Fehler auf." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Beim Erzeugen von cn=defaultDNS,%1 trat ein Fehler auf. LDAP wird nicht verwendet." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Beim Aktualisieren von %1 ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Beim Anlegen von %1 ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. LDAP wird nicht verwendet." +#~ msgid "Ad&vanced" +#~ msgstr "Er&weitert" + #~ msgid "When &Booting" #~ msgstr "Beim &Systemstart" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/docker.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-26 13:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,116 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Kill Container" +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "Container &beenden (kill)" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "&Verlassen" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop Container" +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "Container &anhalten" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Repository" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Tag" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Inject &Terminal" +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "&Terminal anlegen" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -67,14 +177,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Docker-Container laufen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Repository" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Tag" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "Abbild-ID" @@ -95,15 +197,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "Abbild" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Befehl" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Ports" @@ -139,10 +237,63 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Übergeben" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "&Verlassen" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "Wollen Sie das Abbild \"%s\" wirklich löschen?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Containers" +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "&Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Containers" +msgid "Container" +msgstr "&Container" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/drbd.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 15:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Ressourcen Konfiguration von DRBD</big></b></p>" @@ -254,14 +254,25 @@ "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -273,7 +284,7 @@ "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal bedeutet, dass der letzte Teil des Backing Devices verwendet wird, um die Metadaten zu speichern.</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" @@ -321,11 +332,23 @@ "\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: Parameter, womit Sie kontrollieren, wie groß die heiße Umgebung (= active setzen) werden kann. Die Standard-Zahl des Umfangs ist 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-Konfiguration</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" @@ -334,8 +357,10 @@ "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +"\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -349,15 +374,15 @@ "\n" "\t\t" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Globale DRBD-Konfiguration</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie <b>\" IP-Überprüfung deaktivieren\"</b> um eine der drbdadm-Sicherheitsprüfungen zu deaktivieren</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -373,7 +398,7 @@ " Die Anzahl wird alle 'Dialog-Aktualisierung' Sekunden angezeigt,\n" " die Eingabe von 0 stoppt die Anzeige vollständig. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" " use this if you want to define more resources later\n" @@ -388,7 +413,7 @@ " wie sie in der Konfiguration in dieser Datei genannt werden. </p>" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" @@ -397,7 +422,7 @@ "Hier DRBD konfigurieren.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" @@ -410,7 +435,7 @@ "Dann <b>Konfigurieren</b> drücken.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -421,7 +446,7 @@ "Dialogfenster, in dem Sie die Konfiguration ändern können.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" @@ -432,7 +457,7 @@ "Zusätzlich bearbeiten Sie Ihre Konfigurationen.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" @@ -441,7 +466,7 @@ "<b>Hinzufügen</b> drücken um ein DRBD hinzuzufügen.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" @@ -452,7 +477,7 @@ "Dann wie gewünscht <b>Bearbeiten</b> oder <b>Löschen</b> drücken.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -464,7 +489,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -475,7 +500,7 @@ " </p>" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -486,50 +511,130 @@ " <br></p>\n" #. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "LVM-Filter-Konfiguration von DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" msgstr "Automatisches modifizieren des LVM-Geräte-Filters" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Device-Filter" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Der LVM-Cache wird geschrieben ..." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVM-Cache aktivieren" +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +msgid "Use LVM metad" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Ressource-Name " -#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter -#. Ignore the removed disk -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 +msgid "Nodes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +msgid "Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 +msgid "Save" +msgstr "" + +#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572 -msgid "Node names must be different." +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +msgid "OK" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Node-Namen müssen unterschiedlich sein." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578 +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "" + +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Node-Namen müssen einen \".\" beinhalten, wo der lokale Hostname verwendet wird." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Bitte alle Felder ausfüllen." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +msgid "Enter the node name:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Node names must be different." +msgid "Node name must be different." +msgstr "Node-Namen müssen unterschiedlich sein." + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Package: Configuration of heartbeat #. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar@suse.cz> @@ -633,70 +738,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Das zusammenführen der separaten DRBD-Konfigurationsdateien ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Schreiben der drbd.conf.YaST2prepare fehlgeschlagen" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration initialisieren" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ressourcen lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Einlesen der LVM-Konfigurationen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-Status lesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-Einstellungen einlesen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Ressourcen werden gelesen ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-Konfiguration wird eingelesen ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gelesen ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Sicherung der drbd.conf fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Säuberung der drbd.conf für drbdadm test fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -704,12 +809,12 @@ "Ungültige Konfiguration der Ressource %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Zurückbringen der drbd.conf fehlgeschlagen" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-Konfiguration wird geschrieben" @@ -717,47 +822,47 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ressourcen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-Konfiguration schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-Status setzen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall-Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Ressourcen werden geschrieben ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-Konfiguration schreiben..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-Status wird gesetzt ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Erstellung des Verzeichnisses /etc/drbd.d fehlgeschlagen" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/fcoe-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-22 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -544,37 +544,37 @@ msgstr "<p>Wollen Sie es nun installieren?</p>" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "Kann Dienst \"lidpad\" nicht starten" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Kann Dienst \"fcoe\" nicht starten" # SLE12 #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "lldpad-systemd-Socket kann nicht gestartet werden" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "Kann lidpad Dienst nicht starten" # SLE12 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "fcoemon systemd-Socket kann nicht gestartet werden." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "Kann Dienst fcoe nicht starten" #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -586,112 +586,112 @@ "Konfiguration zu erhalten." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der FCoE-Client-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete prüfen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Dienste überprüfen" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Erkennung der Netzwerkkarten" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config lesen" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Suche nach installierten Paketen ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Suche nach Diensten ..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Erkennung der Netzwerkkarten läuft ..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config wird gelesen" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Der Dienst konnte nicht gestartet werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Keine Geräte gefunden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/fcoe/config konnte nicht gelesen werden." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der FCoE-Client-Konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "FCoE-Dienst neustarten" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Start der Dienste anpassen" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "FCoE-Dienst neustarten ..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Start der Dienste anpassen ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach /etc/fcoe/config geschrieben werden." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -700,43 +700,43 @@ "Für Details siehe /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Neustart des FCoE-Dienstes fehlgeschlagen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files können nicht geschrieben werden." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Globale FCoE-Konfiguration</b>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Schnittstellen</b>" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Netzwerkkarte</i>:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Starten von Diensten</b>" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiviert" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiviert" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 15:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -33,6 +33,16 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -193,7 +203,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Protokollierungs-Level" @@ -712,7 +722,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Quell-Netzwerk" @@ -723,8 +733,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" @@ -778,28 +788,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "Benötigte IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Benötigter Port" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Umleiten an IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Umleiten an Port" @@ -919,10 +929,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zone" @@ -1422,217 +1432,219 @@ msgstr "Eintrag zum Löschen auswählen." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Systemstart" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Bekannte Firewall-Zonen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkschnittstellen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Erlaubte Dienste, Ports und Protokolle" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Einstellungen der Broadcast-Pakete" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Anfragen an Masqueraded IP umleiten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für das Protokollieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration der Firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Firewall &aktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Firewall &deaktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Aktuelle Einstellungen anzeigen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Firewall beim Systemstart starten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Firewall manuell starten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Konfigurierte Einträge auflisten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Kurzname der Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Neuen Eintrag hinzufügen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Einen Eintrag entfernen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Konfigurationsname der Netzwerkschnittstelle" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Akzeptierte Pakete protokollieren (alle|krit.|keine)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Nicht akzeptierte Pakete protokollieren (alle|krit.|keine)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Broadcast-Pakete protokollieren (ja|nein)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Wert festlegen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Portname oder -Nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Bekannter Firewall-Dienst; mehrere Dienste werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP-Port-Name oder -Nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP-Portname oder -Nummer; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC Portname; mehrere Ports werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP-Protokollname; mehrere Protokolle werden durch Kommata getrennt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Zonenschutz festlegen (ja|nein)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Detailinformationen" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Option aktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Option deaktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Quell-Netzwerk, wie beispielsweise 0/0 oder 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protokoll (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "Angeforderte externe IP (optional)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Angeforderte/r Portname oder -Nummer" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Zu interner IP umleiten" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "An Port auf interner IP umleiten (optional)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Nummer des Eintrags" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Portnamen statt Portnummern verwenden" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Unbekannte Zone '%1'." @@ -1645,180 +1657,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Parameter '%1' muss festgelegt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Bekannte Firewall-Zonen auflisten:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Tastenkürzel" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Name der Zone" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Zusammenfassung:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Es ist nur ein Parameter erlaubt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Start:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Firewall beim Systemstart aktivieren ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Firewall aus dem Systemstart entfernen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "Firewall wird bei Systemstart aktiviert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "Firewall muss manuell gestartet werden" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Netzwerkschnittstellen in Firewall-Zonen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Spezieller Firewall-String" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Schnittstelle" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Speziellen String '%1' zur Zone '%2' hinzufügen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Interface '%1' zu Zone '%2' hinzufügen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Speziellen String '%1' aus Zone '%2' entfernen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Schnittstelle '%1' aus Zone '%2' entfernen ..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Alles protokollieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Nur kritische protokollieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "Nichts protokollieren" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Globale Protokollierungseinstellungen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Regel-Typ" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Akzeptiert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "Nicht akzeptiert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Broadcast-Pakete protokollieren:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Protokollierung aktiviert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Protokollierung deaktiviert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Kurz" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Protokollierungsstatus" @@ -1827,168 +1839,181 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "Wert '%1' ist für Option '%2' nicht erlaubt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Erlaubte Broadcast-Ports:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Hier ist nur ein Aktionskommando erlaubt." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Definierte Firewall-Dienste:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Name des Dienstes" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP-Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP-Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC-Port" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP-Protokoll" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Erlaubte Dienste in Zonen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Alle Dienste" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Gesamte Zone ungeschützt" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "Dienst-ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Zusätzlich erlaubte Ports:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Alle Ports" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Zusätzlich erlaubte IP-Protokolle in Zonen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Alle IP-Protokolle" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP-Protokoll" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Schutz kann nur für interne Zonen festgelegt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Es muss mindestens einer von %1 festgelegt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Es muss wenigstens ein Aktionskommando von '%1' gesetzt werden." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Anfragen an Masqueraded IP umleiten:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Unbekannter Port-Name '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen:" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Masquerading is %1" +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "Masquerading ist %1" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiviert" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiviert" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -131,13 +131,13 @@ msgstr "Label" #: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Modulname" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Platz für die Installation aller zusätzlichen Pakete vorhanden." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/fonts.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke@suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -23,63 +23,63 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bitmap Editors" msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "Bitmap-Editoren" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "Schriften" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/geo-cluster.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-20 16:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Julia Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -63,10 +63,8 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Geo-Cluster-Konfiguration" @@ -118,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr "Vermittler" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" @@ -136,25 +134,26 @@ msgid "site" msgstr "Ort" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "Ticket" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Authentification" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentification" +msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "Ab&brechen" #. return `cancel or a string #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" @@ -163,177 +162,196 @@ msgstr "Security Auth aktivieren" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 -msgid "Authentification file" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Authentifizierungsdatei" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." -msgstr "Ein relativer Pfad wird in /etc/booth abgespeichert. Oder benutzen Sie direkt den absoluten Pfad." +msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." +msgstr "" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "Für ein neu erstelltes Geo-Cluster drücken Sie zur Erstellung von /etc/booth<key> den Button unten drunter." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually." +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "Um sich mit einem bestehenden Geo-Cluster zu verbinden, kopieren Sie bitte /etc/booth/<key> manuell vom anderen Node." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Authentification Key File" +msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Authentifizierungsschlüssel-Datei erstellen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Grundlagen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Abbrechen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Bitte eine gültige IP-Adresse eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Ticket und Timeout bestätigen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "Timeout" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "Wiederholungen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "Gewichtungen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "Ablauf" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "Before-Acquire-Handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Timeout ist ungültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "Ablauf ist ungültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "acquireafter ist ungültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "Wiederholungen ist ungültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "Werte für Wiederholungen unter 3 ist illegal" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "Gewichtungen ist ungültig" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "Ticket kann nicht leer sein" #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Firewall-Konfigurationen" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem Vermittler eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "IP-Adresse von Ihrem Vermittler bearbeiten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort eingeben" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "IP-Adresse von Ihrem Ort bearbeiten" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "Name des Tickets existiert bereits!" -#. Validation check before switch to authentification -#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname kann nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "Konfigurationsname kann nicht doppelt sein." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "Port ist ungültig!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "Transport muss ausgefüllt sein!" #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Der Vermittler muss ausgefüllt sein!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "Ort muss ausgefüllt sein!" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "Ticket muss ausgefüllt sein!" #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733 -msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create authentification file " +msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Erstellung der Authentifizierungsdatei fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736 -msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " -msgstr "Erstellung der Authentifizierungsdatei erfolgreich" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentification file" +msgid "Authentication file " +msgstr "Authentifizierungsdatei" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +msgid " created successfully." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Auswahl der GeoCluster-Konfiguration" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei auswählen:" #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 -msgid "Authentification Configuration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentification Configuration" +msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Authentifizierungskonfiguration" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -481,6 +499,12 @@ msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Übersicht der Konfiguration ..." +#~ msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly." +#~ msgstr "Ein relativer Pfad wird in /etc/booth abgespeichert. Oder benutzen Sie direkt den absoluten Pfad." + +#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file " +#~ msgstr "Erstellung der Authentifizierungsdatei erfolgreich" + #~ msgid "site have to be filled" #~ msgstr "Ort muss ausgefüllt sein" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-10 16:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: progress message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung ..." @@ -131,29 +131,29 @@ "als im Handbuch abgebildet.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Dienst %1 starten" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "%1 Dienst wird gestartet ..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Die Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ "Hinweis: Einige Informationen müssen u.U. erneut eingegeben werden." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Installation wird gestartet ..." @@ -223,28 +223,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" msgstr "<p>Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, gehen Sie zurück und überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen.</p>" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Aktualisierung bestätigen" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alle für eine Aktualisierung erforderlichen Informationen sind nun vollständig.</p>" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "Akt&ualisierung starten" @@ -294,51 +294,7 @@ msgstr "Sperre Geräte ..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43 -msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." -msgstr "Erzeugen eines AutoYaST-Profils wenn nötig ..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Mit <b>Klonen der Systemkonfiguration</b> können Sie ein AutoYaST-Profil erstellen.\n" -"Mit AutoYaST lässt sich eine vollständige openSUSE-Installation ohne Eingreifen des Benutzers durchführen. Für AutoYaST\n" -"ist ein Profil erforderlich, das festlegt, wie das installierte System aussehen soll. Wenn diese Option\n" -"ausgewählt ist, wird ein Profil des aktuellen Systems in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> gespeichert.</p>" - -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60 -msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -msgstr "Soll das AutoYaST-Profil am Ende der Installation in /root/autoinst.xmlat geschrieben werden?" - -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71 -msgid "Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "Klonen der Systemkonfiguration" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73 -msgid "&Clone System Configuration" -msgstr "&Klonen der Systemkonfiguration" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "Das AutoYaST-Profile wird in /root/autoinst.xml geschrieben (<a href=\"%1\">Nicht schreiben</a>)." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -msgstr "Das AutoYaST-Profile wird nicht gespeichert (<a href=\"%1\">Schreiben</a>)." - -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert ..." @@ -535,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierungen für %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" @@ -564,55 +520,26 @@ "Geben Sie an, ob Sie die Online-Aktualisierung jetzt ausführen möchten.\n" "Sie können diesen Schritt auch überspringen und die Online-Aktualisierung später ausführen.\n" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Sprache, Tastatur und Lizenzvereinbarung" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 -msgid "&Language" -msgstr "&Sprache" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "&Hinweise zur Version ..." -# #-#-#-#-# installation.de.po (installation.de) #-#-#-#-# -# FIXME: after 7.0: Tastaturbelegung -# 2000-07-04 12:57:29 CEST -ke- -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79 -msgid "&Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" - -#. bnc #359456 -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91 -msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." - -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110 -msgid "K&eyboard Test" -msgstr "&Tastatur-Test " - -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299 -msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" - -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141 -msgid "License &Translations..." -msgstr "Überse&tzungen der Lizenz ..." - #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -626,7 +553,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -639,7 +566,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -650,7 +577,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -663,7 +590,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -675,22 +602,58 @@ "Installationsprozess jederzeit abzubrechen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "&Hinweise zur Version ..." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +msgid "&Language" +msgstr "&Sprache" + +# #-#-#-#-# installation.de.po (installation.de) #-#-#-#-# +# FIXME: after 7.0: Tastaturbelegung +# 2000-07-04 12:57:29 CEST -ke- +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +msgid "&Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." + +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Sie müssen die Lizenz akzeptieren, um dieses Produkt zu installieren" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "Installiertes System wird überprüft ..." + +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +msgid "K&eyboard Test" +msgstr "&Tastatur-Test " + +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +msgid "License &Translations..." +msgstr "Überse&tzungen der Lizenz ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -793,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Das Paket autoyast2 ist nicht installiert. Kopieren ist deaktiviert." #. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Das System wird jetzt neu gestartet ..." @@ -802,16 +765,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Abbilder werden angewendet ..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -820,7 +783,7 @@ "Installation wird abgebrochen ...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -829,20 +792,20 @@ "YaST öffnet einen Paketverwalter, damit Sie den aktuellen Status der Pakete prüfen können." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Abbild wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %1/s heruntergeladen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Abbild %1 wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %2/s heruntergeladen" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Abbild wird angewendet ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Abbild %1 wird angewendet ..." @@ -860,42 +823,45 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "zu benutzende &Festplatte" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf die das Abbild angewendet werden soll. Alle Daten auf der Festplatte gehen verloren und die Festplatte wird partitioniert, wie im Abbild vorgegeben." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Festplatte zur Anwendung des Abbilds" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Erkennung der verfügbaren Controller" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-Datenträger einrichten" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-Datenträger einrichten" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-Schnittstellen konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-Datenträger einrichten" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 -msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Ändern der Netz&werkkonfiguration" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -914,7 +880,7 @@ #. bug #302384 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialisierung" @@ -939,71 +905,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "&Paketänderungen anzeigen" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "Rufe Schritt %1 auf ..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Installationsfehler" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Abschluss der Installation" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Erstelle Liste mit Scripten die zum Abschluss aufgerufen werden ..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Fertig" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopieren der Dateien in das installierte System" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration speichern" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen speichern" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installation des Bootmanagers" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "System für den ersten Bootvorgang vorbereiten" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Überprüfe Phase: %1 ..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "Rufe Schritt %1 auf ..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Fertig" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Installationsfehler" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1025,27 +994,27 @@ msgstr "Erste Systemkonfiguration wird vorbereitet ..." #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsoptionen" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "&Online-Repositories vor der Installation hinzufügen" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Zusatzprodukte aus separaten Medien einbinden" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Installationsoptionen</b></big></p>" #. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" @@ -1056,7 +1025,7 @@ "<b>Online-Repositories vor der Installation hinzufügen</b>.</p>" #. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" @@ -1067,7 +1036,7 @@ " installieren möchten, wählen Sie <b>Zusatzprodukte aus separaten Medien einbinden</b> aus.</p>\n" #. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie spezielle Hardware-Treiber für die Installation brauchen, besuchen Sie <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" @@ -1194,7 +1163,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Pakete werden installiert ..." @@ -1228,7 +1197,7 @@ "Linux-System beinhalten eine kurze Zusammenfassung der neuen Funktionen und Änderungen.</p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es wurden keine Versionshinweise installiert.</p>" @@ -1253,88 +1222,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Computer wird analysiert" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-Geräte untersuchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-Geräte werden untersucht ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-Geräte untersuchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire-Geräte werden untersucht ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Festplatten-Controller untersuchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Festplatten-Controller werden untersucht ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller laden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller werden geladen ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Festplatten untersuchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Festplatten werden untersucht ..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Systemdateien suchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Systemdateien werden gesucht ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paketverwaltung initialisieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Paketverwaltung wird initialisiert..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systemüberprüfung" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST überprüft jetzt die Computerhardware und die installierten Systeme." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1343,7 +1312,7 @@ "Besuchen Sie 'drivers.suse.com', wenn Sie spezielle Hardwaretreiber für die Installation brauchen." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1353,7 +1322,7 @@ "Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre Hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1364,7 +1333,7 @@ "(besonders auf S/390- oder iSCSI-Systemen)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1377,7 +1346,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1385,6 +1354,52 @@ "Fehler beim Initialisieren der Software-Repositorys.\n" "Installation wird abgebrochen." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +msgid "" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1438,8 +1453,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "Ä&ndern ..." @@ -1655,7 +1670,7 @@ "des Systems durchzuführen.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Für diese Art der Installation ist kein Arbeitsablauf definiert." @@ -1675,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "Linker-Cache wird eingerichtet ..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird gespeichert ..." @@ -1729,6 +1744,26 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration wird gespeichert ..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "" + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clone System Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Klonen der Systemkonfiguration" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Clone System Configuration" +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "&Klonen der Systemkonfiguration" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1796,39 +1831,56 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Protokolldateien werden in das installierte System kopiert ..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "Gerät" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Export Configuration" +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration &exportieren" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Verkleinere die PREP-Partition ..." #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Wirklich alles auf Standardwerte zurücksetzen?" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen." -#. while input loop -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251 -msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" -msgstr "Ort der gespeicherten Konfiguration" - -#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want -#. to store profile after installation -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257 -msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Konfiguration. Details sind im Protokoll zu finden." - #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Überspringe Einrichtung auf Wunsch des Benutzers" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1837,25 +1889,25 @@ "behoben werden muss, bevor es weitergehen kann.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Vorschlag wird nach den aktuellen Einstellungen angepasst ..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Systemanalyse..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FEHLER: Kein Vorschlag" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1868,44 +1920,38 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration übersprin&gen" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Folgende Konfiguration &verwenden" -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778 -msgid "&Export Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration &exportieren" - #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Für Änderungen eine Überschrift anklicken oder das \"Ändern ...\"-Menu unten benutzen." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Für Änderungen eine Überschrift anklicken." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Auf Standardwerte &zurücksetzen" # #-#-#-#-# installation.de.po (installation.de) #-#-#-#-# Use "Update" here; cf. #29964 # 2003-09-10 18:45:06 CEST -ke- #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Aktualisierung" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installieren" @@ -1940,7 +1986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1953,7 +1999,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1965,7 +2011,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1977,7 +2023,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1989,7 +2035,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2000,12 +2046,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UML-Installationsvorschlag</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2016,7 +2062,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2033,6 +2079,11 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Aktiviere Verwaltung von entferntem Rechner aus ..." +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." +msgstr "" + #. Writes configuration #. #. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and @@ -2040,19 +2091,111 @@ #. #. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; #. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40 +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Snapshot des Root-Dateisystems wird erstellt..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +msgid "Mounting %1 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" +msgstr "" + +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +msgid "File %1 cannot be found" +msgstr "" + +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." +msgstr "" + +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Product" +msgid "Unknown protocol %1." +msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Das Lesen der Informationen über die Installationsabbilder ist fehlgeschlagen." #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Anwenden ..." @@ -2060,19 +2203,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden gespeichert ..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden wiederhergestellt ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." @@ -2080,6 +2223,35 @@ "Installation konnte eine Paketabhängigkeit nicht automatisch auflösen.\n" "Die Paketverwaltung wird geöffnet um sie manuell aufzulösen." +#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..." +#~ msgstr "Erzeugen eines AutoYaST-Profils wenn nötig ..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Mit <b>Klonen der Systemkonfiguration</b> können Sie ein AutoYaST-Profil erstellen.\n" +#~ "Mit AutoYaST lässt sich eine vollständige openSUSE-Installation ohne Eingreifen des Benutzers durchführen. Für AutoYaST\n" +#~ "ist ein Profil erforderlich, das festlegt, wie das installierte System aussehen soll. Wenn diese Option\n" +#~ "ausgewählt ist, wird ein Profil des aktuellen Systems in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> gespeichert.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgstr "Soll das AutoYaST-Profil am Ende der Installation in /root/autoinst.xmlat geschrieben werden?" + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "Das AutoYaST-Profile wird in /root/autoinst.xml geschrieben (<a href=\"%1\">Nicht schreiben</a>)." + +#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "Das AutoYaST-Profile wird nicht gespeichert (<a href=\"%1\">Schreiben</a>)." + +#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Ort der gespeicherten Konfiguration" + +#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." +#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Konfiguration. Details sind im Protokoll zu finden." + #~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" #~ msgstr "FEHLER: Titel fehlt" @@ -2202,9 +2374,6 @@ #~ msgid "Network Card" #~ msgstr "Netzwerkkarte" -#~ msgid "Device" -#~ msgstr "Gerät" - #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Hardwareinformationen der ausgewählten Netzwerkkarte" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -128,7 +128,6 @@ # #-#-#-#-# iscsi-server.de.po (iscsi-server) #-#-#-#-# # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-20 14:01:52 CEST -ke- -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" @@ -188,47 +187,64 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Start" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manually" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "Manuell" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Dienst" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Verbundene Ziele" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Ermittelte Ziele" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Überblick über iSCSI-Initiator" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -237,9 +253,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI-Initiator-Erkennung" @@ -471,29 +487,27 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Beim Abmelden vom ausgewählten Ziel ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "Kein Datensatz gefunden" #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "Keine gültige IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "Port-Feld darf nicht leer sein" #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initiator Name" msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Name des Initiators" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" @@ -522,13 +536,18 @@ "Beispiel:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Geben Sie die IP-Adresse ein." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Geben Sie den Port ein." @@ -536,36 +555,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Wahr" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Falsch" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Das Ziel mit diesem TargetName ist bereits verbunden. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Mehrwege-Funktion (Multipathing) aktiviert ist, um Beschädigung von Daten zu verhindern." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Fortsetzen" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Verwerfen" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Das Ziel ist bereits verbunden." @@ -656,7 +675,7 @@ msgstr "alle" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -667,15 +686,16 @@ "Alter Initiatorname wird durch Wert aus iBFT ersetzt und es wird eine Sicherungskopie erstellt.\n" " Wenn Sie einen anderen initiatorname verwenden möchten, ändern Sie ihn im BIOS.\n" -#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Das Erstellen des Images schlug fehl." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration ..." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 18:01+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -45,15 +45,14 @@ msgstr "Dienst" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" #. third tab - targets / luns #. targets dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Ziele" @@ -70,7 +69,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Portal-Gruppe" @@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "Authentifizierung benutzen" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -104,155 +103,165 @@ msgstr "Pfad" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" # &B conflicts with &Beenden # 2001-09-20 14:01:52 CEST -ke- #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Client" -msgstr "Client" +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +msgid "Initiator" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Lun Mapping" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Lun Mapping" +msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN-Zuordnung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Authentifizierung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "LUN bearbeiten" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "&Authentifizierung bearbeiten" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopieren" #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Keine Authentifizierung" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Eingehende Authentifizierung" #. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Benutzername" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Ausgehende Authentifizierung" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "Beim &Systemstart" #. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manuell" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" #. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "TPG Status" +msgstr "" + #. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Schlüssel" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" #. Summary dialog #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Überblick über das iSCSI-LIO-Ziel" #. expert dialog #. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-Ziel</h1>" #. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel hinzufügen" -#. discovery authentication dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" -msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-Client-Einstellungen bearbeiten" +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" +msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-LUN-Einstellungen bearbeiten" #. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-LUN-Einstellungen bearbeiten" #. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Experteneinstellungen für iSCSI-Ziel" @@ -410,19 +419,30 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "<p>Benutzen Sie <b>Hinzufügen</b>, um einem Client Zugriff auf eine LUN zu gewähren, die von einer Ziel-Portal-Gruppe importiert wurde. Geben Sie an, welchem Client der Zugriff erlaubt werden soll (Der Client-Name ist <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' auf dem iSCSI-Initiator). <b>Löschen</b> entfernt den Zugriff des Clients auf die LUN.</p>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mit <b>LUN bearbeiten</b> kann man die LUN-Zuordnung ändern. Bitte beachten Sie, dass LUN-Ziel-Nummern eindeutig sein müssen. <br>Nach Drücken von <b>Authentifizierung bearbeiten</b> wählen Sie eine Authentifizierungstyp aus. Sie können <b>Eingehend</b>, <b>Ausgehend</b> oder beide zusammen benutzen. Geben Sie dann <b>Benutzer</b> und <b>Passwort</b> ein. Wenn <b>Authentifizierung benutzen</b> im vorigen Dialog deaktiviert ist, ist <b>Authentifizierung bearbeiten</b> hier deaktiviert.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Kopieren</b> bietet die Möglichkeit, einem weiteren Client Zugriff auf die LUN zu geben.</p>" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." @@ -432,12 +452,12 @@ #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-Ziel-IP/Port- und LUN-Einstellungen</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -451,8 +471,8 @@ "Der Name muss innerhalb der Ziel-Portal-Gruppe eindeutig sein. Wenn der Benutzer\n" "keinen Namen für die LUN angibt, wird einer automatisch generiert." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" @@ -462,11 +482,11 @@ "und Port der Dienst verfügbar sein wird. Die Standard-Port-Nummer ist die 3260.\n" "Es können nur IP-Adressen verwendet werden, die einer der Netzwerkkarten zugeordnet sind." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "Erstellen Sie ein neues Ziel. Ersetzen Sie die Vorlagenwerte durch die gewünschten Werte." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" @@ -480,11 +500,11 @@ "Der Name muss innerhalb der Ziel-Portal-Gruppe eindeutig sein. Wenn der Benutzer\n" "keinen Namen für die LUN angibt, wird einer automatisch generiert." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options." msgstr "Für sämtliche zusätzlichen Konfigurationsoptionen können die Schritte <b>Hinzufügen</b>, <b>Bearbeiten</b> oder <b>Löschen</b> durchgeführt werden." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional." @@ -493,173 +513,196 @@ "Bei Typ=fileio, stellen Sie den <b>Pfad</b> auf eine Festplatte oder eine Datei ein.<b>SCSI-ID</b> und <b>Sektoren</b> sind optional." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Bei der Änderung der Authentifizierung trat ein Problem auf" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Ungültiger Benutzername." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Ungültiges Passwort." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" +msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "Die gewählte LUN wird bereits benutzt." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Der angegebene Name wird bereits benutzt!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "Der ausgewählte Pfad muss entweder ein Blockgerät oder eine normale Datei sein!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Der gewählte Pfad wird bereits benutzt!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Pfad:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Durchsuchen" # #-#-#-#-# iscsi-server.de.po (iscsi-server) #-#-#-#-# &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Datei oder Gerät auswählen" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -msgid "Client Lun" -msgstr "Client-LUN" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +msgid "Initiator LUN" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "Ziel-LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Änderung:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "Die Ziel-LUN %1 wird mehrfach benutzt!" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Sie müssen mindestens einen Authentifikationsmethode aktivieren." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 -msgid "Client name:" -msgstr "Client-Name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +msgid "Initiator name:" +msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "LUNs aus der TPG importieren" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client name must not be empty!" +msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "Es muss ein Client-Name angegeben werden!" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client. +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -msgid "Client name already exists!" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client name already exists!" +msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "Der Client-Name existiert bereits!" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 -msgid "New client name:" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New client name:" +msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Neuer Client-Name:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Verwerfen" +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Deaktiviert" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Deaktiviert" + #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "Soll das ausgewählte Objekt wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem beim Anlegen des Ziels %1 mit der TPG %2 auf" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen des Netzwerk-Portals auf %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem beim Entfernen von LUN %1 auf" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen von LUN %1 (Name:%2) auf den Pfad %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Setzen der Authentifizierung von %1:%2 auf %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "Das Ziel darf nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Die Ziel-Portal-Gruppe darf nicht leer sein." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "Das Ziel ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Eingehend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Ausgehend" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Kein" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401 -msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "Deaktiviert" - -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "There isn't any client specified.\n" +#| "To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +#| "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +#| "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +#| "Really want to continue without client access?" msgid "" -"There isn't any client specified.\n" -"To allow a client login to the target, please\n" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" -"Really want to continue without client access?" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" "Es wurde kein Client festgelegt.\n" "Um einem Client den Login zum Ziel zu erlauben,\n" @@ -667,24 +710,34 @@ "(s.a. /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi).\n" "Möchten Sie wirklich ohne Client-Zugriff fortfahren? " -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464 -msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Entfernen der LUN %4 für den Client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479 -msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Hinzufügen der LUN %4:%5 für den Client %3 in %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500 -msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2" +msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Entfernen des Clients %3 aus %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524 -msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" +msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Anlegen des Clients %3 für %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559 -msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" +msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Es trat ein Problem auf beim Ändern der Authentifizierung für Client %3 in %1:%2" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -698,11 +751,11 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung ..." #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "Die LIO-Konfiguration kann nicht gespeichert werden" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "Die TCM-Konfiguration kann nicht gespeichert werden" @@ -803,6 +856,18 @@ msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Konfiguration ..." +#~ msgid "Client" +#~ msgstr "Client" + +#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" +#~ msgstr "iSCSI-Ziel-Client-Einstellungen bearbeiten" + +#~ msgid "Client Lun" +#~ msgstr "Client-LUN" + +#~ msgid "Client name:" +#~ msgstr "Client-Name:" + #~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig" #~ msgstr "SuSEconfig ausführen" Added: trunk/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/journalctl.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# German translations for opensuse-i package. +# Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg +# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# Automatically generated, 2016. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: none\n" +"Language: de\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -389,10 +389,8 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. start kdump at boot #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Zur Übernahme der Änderungen ist ein Neustart erforderlich." @@ -1267,7 +1265,7 @@ #. several ranges and ask user about rewritting #. #. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" @@ -1275,15 +1273,30 @@ # SLE12 #. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "&Firmwaregestützten Dump verwenden" +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +msgid "Kdump not supported" +msgstr "" + # SLE12 #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1292,134 +1305,134 @@ "Details siehe %{log}." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird initialisiert" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen ..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Einlesen der Kernel-Bootoptionen" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen werden gelesen ..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading available memory..." msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Verfügbarer Arbeitsspeicher wird ermittelt ..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/kdump konnte nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Die Kernel-Bootparameter konnten nicht gelesen werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Der verfügbare Arbeitsspeicher konnte nicht ermittelt werden." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Bootparameter aktualisieren" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Bootparameter werden aktualisiert..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der Crashkernel-Parameter zum Bootloader." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-Status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiviert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiviert" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Wert der crashkernel-Option: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-Format: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ziel für Abbilder: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Anzahl Abbilder: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "" # SLE12 #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/live-installer.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -57,27 +57,27 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "Zu kopierende Dateisysteme werden untersucht ..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "Root-Dateisystem wird kopiert ..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "Live Abbilder werden kopiert ..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "%1 wird kopiert ..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -92,71 +92,53 @@ "Live-Systems." #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Kopieren des Live-Abbildes auf die Festplatte." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "System wird analysiert ..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "%1%% der Festplatte %2 für Linux reservieren" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "Festplatte %1 nicht verwenden" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionierung" #. end of partitioning summary -#. bootloader summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "System start-up" -msgstr "Systemstart" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 -msgid "Boot only Linux" -msgstr "Nur Linux starten" - -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 -msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n" - -#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastatur" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen ändern" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" @@ -165,7 +147,7 @@ "Klicken Sie auf <b>Übernehmen</b>, um eine neue Installation mit den angezeigten Einstellungen durchzuführen.</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -176,7 +158,7 @@ "oder wählen Sie <b>Installationseinstellungen ändern</b> aus.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -291,7 +273,7 @@ "den 'Reset'-Knopf drücken um neu zu starten." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert ..." @@ -315,6 +297,18 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Zeitzone wird gespeichert ..." +#~ msgid "System start-up" +#~ msgstr "Systemstart" + +#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +#~ msgstr "Fragen, ob Linux oder das vorhandene System gestartet werden soll" + +#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" +#~ msgstr "Nur Linux starten" + +#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +#~ msgstr "Zeitablauf bei Systemstart: %1 Sekunde/n" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/mail.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf <hendrikw@arcor.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -327,69 +327,76 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Ausgehende Mail" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "Für den Mailserver dürfen keine lokalen Domains angegeben werden." + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS-Verschlüsselung" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Verwenden" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Erzwingen" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Masquerading" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Authentifizierung" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Eingehende Mail" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "&fetchmail starten" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manuell" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "Daemon" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Herunterladen" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Aliase..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Virtuelle Domains ..." @@ -397,7 +404,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -410,7 +417,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -423,39 +430,39 @@ "Bitte wiederholen Sie die Eingabe.\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Neuschreiben der Absender-Adresse..." #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "&Lokaler Benutzer" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Anzeigen als" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "Die Adresse dieses Benutzers wurde bereits festgelegt." #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "Ungültiges Format für die Mail-Adresse." #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Masquerading" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Masquerading für &lokale Domains" @@ -465,23 +472,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Ma&squerading für weitere Domains" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&mains, auf die Masquerading angewendet werden soll" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Lokaler Benutzer" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Anzeigen als" @@ -490,23 +497,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Hinzufügen" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bearbeiten" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Löschen" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "Ungültiger Domainname" @@ -514,106 +521,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung für ausgehenden Server" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "Ausgehender &Server" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "&Benutzername" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen von Mail" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Benutzer" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Löschen" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Umleitung eingehender Mail" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Zieladressen" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "Das Format des Alias ist falsch." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Die Zieladressen für diesen Alias wurden bereits festgelegt." #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Aliase" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Zieladressen" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Virtuelle Domains" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Mail-Konfiguration" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." @@ -898,12 +905,12 @@ msgstr "An IMAP-Server" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaViS, ein Virenscanner, wird installiert.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -914,56 +921,56 @@ " Konfigurieren Sie manuell einen Scanner." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Das Programm Fetchmail zum Herunterladen von Mails wird installiert.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Der Dovecot-IMAP-Server wird installiert.\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Initialisiere Mailkonfiguration ..." #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Mail Transport Agent (MTA) wird festgelegt ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Download-Einstellungen werden eingelesen ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Alias-Tabellen werden eingelesen ..." #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für Authentifizierung werden gelesen ..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -974,161 +981,161 @@ "%2" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben der fetchmail-Konfiguration." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben der Datei %1" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Fehler bei der Ausführung von config.postfix" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des Dienstes %1." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Masquerading-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Alias-Tabellen werden geschrieben ..." #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Download-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für Authentifizierung werden geschrieben ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Schreiben der Konfigurationsdateien wird beendet ..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Ausführung von Config Postfix" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Dienste neu starten" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Mail-Konfiguration speichern" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Andere" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Dauerhaft" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Einwahl" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Kein" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Verbindungsart" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Ausgehender Mailserver" #. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Header 'Von'" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Lokale Domains" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Masquerading für weitere Domains" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Masquerading für Benutzer" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Entfernte SMTP-Verbindungen akzeptieren" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "AMaViS verwenden" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "DKIM verwenden" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Virtuelle Benutzer" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung" @@ -1601,9 +1608,6 @@ #~ "Die Passwörter stimmen nicht überein.\n" #~ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "Für den Mailserver dürfen keine lokalen Domains angegeben werden." - #~ msgid "Defined Domains" #~ msgstr "Angegebene Domains" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 19:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:123 +#: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Rechnerkonfiguration:" @@ -357,13 +357,13 @@ msgstr "Fehler bei der Installation der heruntergeladenen Hinweise." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Verbindung öffnen" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -372,13 +372,13 @@ "Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "Es ist keine URL für die Versionshinweise angegeben. Der Test der Internetverbindung kann daher nicht durchgeführt werden." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ "zurückkehren möchten, klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -404,12 +404,12 @@ "Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Patches abfragen" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ "Details entnehmen Sie bitte den Protokollen.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Verbindung abbauen" @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ #. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY) #. we'll keep values from installation #. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864) -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "Konfigurationsfehler: Schnittstelle nicht initialisiert." @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration" @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ msgstr "Gateway" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Netzmaske" @@ -701,76 +701,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "Kein Eintrag für Ziel '%1' in der Routing-Tabelle" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung ist aktiviert" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung ist deaktiviert" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung aktivieren ..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "%s-Weiterleitung deaktivieren ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4-Weiterleitung:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv6-Weiterleitung:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "IPv4- und IPv6-Weiterleitung:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Mindestens Ziel- und Gateway-IP-Adressen müssen angegeben werden." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "'%1'-Ziel zu Routing-Tabelle hinzufügen ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Ziel-IP-Adresse muss angegeben werden." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Mindestens einer der folgenden Parameter muss festgelegt werden: Gateway, Netzmaske, Gerät, Optionen" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Ziel '%1' wird in der Routing-Tabelle aktualisiert ..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Ziel '%1' aus der Routing-Tabelle löschen ..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Warnung: Es wird keine Verschlüsselung verwendet." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "Ändern Sie dies." @@ -871,70 +871,70 @@ msgstr "Drahtlose USB-Netzwerkkarte" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Netzwerkgerät unbekannt" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Als %1 konfiguriert" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Als %1 mit Provider %2 konfiguriert" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Als %1 mit Provider %2 (Protokoll %3) konfiguriert" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Ohne Adresse konfiguriert (KEINE)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Ohne Adresse konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Mit der Adresse %1 konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Mit der Adresse %1 (entfernt %2) konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Mit %1 konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Als %1 mit der Adresse %2 konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Als %1 mit der Adresse %2 (entfernt %3) konfiguriert" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Als %1 mit %2 konfiguriert" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Verwaltet" @@ -1073,27 +1073,27 @@ msgstr "Protokoll &wählen:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Zusätzliche Adressen" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-Adress-Bezeichnung" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-Adresse" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" msgstr "&Hinzufügen" @@ -1102,8 +1102,8 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" @@ -1113,156 +1113,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Löschen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Name der Schnittstelle" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO etwas vage!</p>" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Schnittstelle der Firewall-&Zone zuweisen" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "&Obligatorische Schnittstelle" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Gerätetyp" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Konfigurationsname" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Tunneleigentümer" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Tunnelgruppe" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Bridge-Geräte" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Reale Schnittstelle für &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "VLAN ID" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Untergeordnete Bond-Geräte und Reihenfolge" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nach oben" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nicht verbunden" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "Bond-&Slaves" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "&Bond-Treiber-Optionen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Bond-Treiberoptionen aus und bearbeiten Sie sie im Bedarfsfall. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "Keine Link- und IP-Konfiguration (Bonding Slaves)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Werte aus iBFT benutzen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dynamische Adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP, Version 4 und 6" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "DHCP, nur Version 4" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "DHCP, nur Version 6" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Statisch zugewiesene IP-Adresse" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "&Subnetzmaske" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostname" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "&Entfernte IP-Adresse" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "Entfernte IP-Adresse ist ungültig." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1273,13 +1273,13 @@ "Erkennung falsch ist." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "Konfiguration %1 existiert bereits" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1293,20 +1293,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "IP-Adresse ist nicht gültig." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "Keine gültige Netzmaske oder Präfixlänge." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Ungültiger Hostname." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ "Wirklich den Hostnamen leer lassen?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1331,60 +1331,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&Allgemein" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Geräte-Aktivierung" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewall-Zone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie die besonderen Einstellungen für die Netzwerkkarte konfigurieren.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Konfigurieren Sie Ihre IP-Adresse.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ver&bundene Schnittstellen" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draht&los" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "ifplugd-Priorität" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1399,12 +1399,23 @@ "Schnittstelle gesetzt werden. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netzwerkkarten-Einrichtung" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1600,23 +1611,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Unmöglicher Wert für bootproto." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Der Wert ist für den Startmodus nicht möglich." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Für eine statische Einrichtung wird die \"ip\"-Option benötigt." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Das Gerät wurde gelöscht." @@ -1678,7 +1689,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1690,7 +1701,7 @@ "Fügen Sie zuerst die Add-On-CD Ihren YaST-Repositories hinzu\n" "und kehren Sie dann zu diesem Konfigurationsdialog zurück.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1707,20 +1718,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Firmware wird installiert" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "Für eine erfolgreiche Firmware-Installation muss das Skript 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' ausgeführt werden. Soll es jetzt ausgeführt werden?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Während der Firmware-Installation ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1735,12 +1746,12 @@ " wird die Schnittstelle nicht mehr von NetworkManager verwaltet.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Augewähltes Gerät hat die Option STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wirklich löschen?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Methode für den Netzwerkaufbau" @@ -1749,7 +1760,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen" @@ -1936,7 +1947,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netzwerkkarte" @@ -1946,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "S&uche" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1955,7 +1966,7 @@ "Wählen Sie einen anderen." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der S/390-Netzwerkkarte" @@ -1963,131 +1974,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für S/390-Gerät" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Port-Name" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Port-Nummer" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA-Übernahm&e aktivieren" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "&MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lesekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schreibkanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Steuerkanal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie den <b>Port-Namen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die zusätzlichen <b>Optionen</b> für diese Schnittstelle ein (getrennt durch Leerzeichen).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>IPA-Übernahme aktivieren</b>, wenn die Übernahme von IP-Adressen für diese Schnittstelle aktiviert werden soll.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Schicht-2-Unterstützung aktivieren</b>, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie die <b>MAC-Adresse (Schicht 2)</b> ein, wenn diese Karte mit Schicht-2-Unterstützung konfiguriert wurde.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Port-Nummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-Zeitablauf" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die <b>Port-Nummer</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie den <b>LANCMD-Zeitablaufswert<</b> für diese Schnittstelle an.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Erweiterter Modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-basiertes tty (Linux-zu-Linux-Verbindungen)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompatibilitätsmodus mit OS/390 und z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie das <b>Protokoll</b> für diese Schnittstelle.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Name des &Peers" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2096,8 +2107,7 @@ "z. B. den z/VM-Benutzernamen, mit dem Sie sich verbinden möchten\n" "(Groß- und Kleinschreibung beachten).</p>\n" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2107,7 +2117,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialog" @@ -2759,29 +2769,29 @@ "im gleichen Verzeichnis in der Datei 'wireless'.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-&Adress-Bezeichnung" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Netz&maske" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label ist zu lang." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Die IP-Adresse ist ungültig." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske" @@ -2961,127 +2971,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Keine Verschlüsselung" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Offen" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Gemeinsamer Schlüssel" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA Version 1 oder 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA Version 1 oder 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der drahtlosen Netzwerkkarte" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Funkgeräte" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Be&triebsmodus" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "Master" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Ne&tzwerkname (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Netzwerk durchsuchen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "&Authentifizierungsmodus" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "&Verschlüsselungs-Key" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für E&xperten" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "&WEP-Schlüssel" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "Der WPA-Authentifizierungsmodus ist nur im verwalteten Betriebsmodus möglich." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Geben Sie den Netzwerknamen für diesen Modus ein." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "Der Netzwerkname darf nicht mehr als 31 Zeichen enthalten." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "Das Passwort muss zwischen 8 und (einschließlich) 63 Zeichen enthalten." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "Der Schlüssel muss aus %1 Hexadezimalzahlen bestehen." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "Der Verschlüsselungs-Schlüssel ist ungültig." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "Geben Sie den Verschlüsselungsschlüssel für diesen Authentifizierungsmodus an." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3181,27 +3191,27 @@ msgstr "AP-Scanmodus" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899 msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgstr "Verschlüsselungs-Schlüssel eingeben" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903 msgid "&Key" msgstr "&Schlüssel" #. Translators: popup title -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hilfe" #. Wireless keys dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976 msgid "Wireless Keys" msgstr "Drahtlose Schlüssel" #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" "to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" @@ -3216,7 +3226,7 @@ "verwendet werden. Normalerweise haben Sie nur einen Schlüssel.</p>" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" "Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" @@ -3231,43 +3241,43 @@ "möglicherweise auf 64 setzen.</p>" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 msgid "WEP Keys" msgstr "WEP-Schlüssel" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018 msgid "&Key Length" msgstr "&Schlüssellänge" #. Table header label #. Abbreviation of Number -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 msgid "No." msgstr "Nr." #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 msgid "Key" msgstr "Schlüssel" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040 msgid "&Set as Default" msgstr "Als Standard &festlegen" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Zertifikat auswählen" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3276,7 +3286,7 @@ "bösartigen drahtlosen Netzwerken enden. Ohne CA fortfahren?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3285,47 +3295,47 @@ "oder das Client-Zertifikat ein." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Beliebig" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "WPA-EAP-Details" @@ -3340,24 +3350,44 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "Verwaltung via entfernten Rechner (remote) &erlauben" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "Verwaltung via entfernten Rechner (remote) &erlauben" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Verwaltung von entferntem Rechner (remote) &nicht zulassen" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" +#| "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Einstellungen für Fernverwaltung</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, können Sie diesen\n" @@ -3367,17 +3397,17 @@ "Diese Art der Fernverwaltung ist weniger sicher als SSH.</p>\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Verwaltung von entfernten Rechnern aus (remote)" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Folgende Pakete müssen installiert werden:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3389,78 +3419,28 @@ "\n" "Erneuter Versuch?\n" -#. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255 +#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. +#. +#. This list is used when selecting <ol> +#. <li> detected unconfigured cards, +#. there we want to see the link status </li> +#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there +#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li> +#. </ol> +#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion +#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) +#. @return a list of items +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279 -msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Konfiguration erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284 -msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DNS-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286 -msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "DSL-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 -msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Rechner wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 -msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "ISDN-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 -msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Netzwerkkarten-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 -msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Modem-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Proxy-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 -msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Provider-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 -msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" -msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 -msgid "Configure mail now?" -msgstr "Mail nun konfigurieren?" - -#. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326 -msgid "Run configuration of %1?" -msgstr "Konfiguration von %1 ausführen?" - #. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service #. #. see bnc#433084 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3469,33 +3449,33 @@ "oder ist komplett deaktiviert. YaST kann einige Optionen nicht konfigurieren." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netzwerkkarten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-Karten" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-Geräte" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle Netzwerkgeräte" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Der Hostname ist ungültig." @@ -3570,8 +3550,8 @@ #. Frame label #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "Hostname und Domänenname" @@ -3597,28 +3577,28 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "Die Benutzung des Domainnamens .local ist wegen Multicast DNS nicht empfehlenswert. Auf eigene Gefahr verwenden?" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "Die Suchliste darf maximal %1 Domänen enthalten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "Die Suchliste darf maximal %1 Zeichen enthalten." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "Die Suchdomäne '%1' ist ungültig." #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des Hostnamens und Namenservers" @@ -3652,27 +3632,27 @@ "<b>Host-Aliase</b> durch Leerzeichen getrennt ein.</p>\n" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 msgid "Current Hosts" msgstr "Aktuelle Hosts" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" msgstr "Hostnamen" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Host-Aliasnamen" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Hos&t-Aliasnamen" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "Der Aliasname \"%1\" ist ungültig." @@ -3708,40 +3688,40 @@ #. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry #. @param [Array] devs available devices #. @return route or nil, if canceled -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163 msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Ziel" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmask" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Ge&rät" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "Ungültiges Ziel" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige Gateway-IP-Adresse." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Ungültiger Standard-Gateway." @@ -3989,35 +3969,35 @@ "(KDE-Plasma-Miniprogramm für KDE und nm-applet für GNOME).\n" "Stellen Sie sicher, dass es aktiv ist und falls nicht, starten Sie es manuell." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Allgemeine Netzwerkeinstellungen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IPv6-Protokoll-Einstellungen" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 aktivieren" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Gerät unbekannt" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-Adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4026,12 +4006,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Gerät ändern" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Netzwerkgeräteauswahl" @@ -4040,7 +4020,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "konfiguriert" @@ -4089,7 +4069,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Aktualisierung der Konfiguration" @@ -4112,7 +4092,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird aktualisiert ..." @@ -4124,100 +4104,100 @@ msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf wird aktualisiert ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Hostname: Von DHCP festgelegt" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Hostname: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Hostname wird nicht in /etc/hosts geschrieben" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Nameserver: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Suchliste: %1" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:138 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts aktualisieren" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:140 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "Hostnamen-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:145 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "/etc/hosts wird aktualisiert ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der Netzwerkkonfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Netzwerkgeräte erkennen" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Treiberinformationen lesen" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration einlesen" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration einlesen" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen einlesen" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration lesen" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Installationsinformationen einlesen" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration einlesen" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Erkennung des aktuellen Status" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Erkennung für ndiswrapper wird ausgeführt ..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4227,7 +4207,7 @@ "aber das Kernelmodul wurde nicht mittels 'modprobe' geladen.\n" "Soll ndiswrapper mit 'modprobe' geladen werden?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4236,42 +4216,42 @@ "Überprüfen Sie die Konfiguration manuell.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Erkennung der Netzwerkgeräte läuft..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration wird eingelesen..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden eingelesen..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration wird gelesen..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Installationsinformationen werden eingelesen...." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird eingelesen..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Erkennung des aktuellen Status läuft..." @@ -4280,241 +4260,234 @@ # 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Zur Übernahme dieser Änderung ist ein Neustart erforderlich." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Speichern der Netzwerkkonfiguration" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Treiberinformationen schreiben" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration schreiben" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration schreiben" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration schreiben" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration schreiben" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste einrichten" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Netzwerkdienste aktivieren" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wird geschrieben..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration wird geschrieben..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird geschrieben..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird geschrieben..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Hostnamen- und DNS-Konfiguration wird geschrieben..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Netzwerkdienste einrichten..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Netzwerkdienste werden aktiviert..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Kein Netzwerk aktiv" -#. Import data -#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698 -msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -msgstr "Die AutoYaST-Einstellung mit Netzwerk/gesteuert: NetworkManager ist nicht verfügbar, Wicked wird benutzt." - #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netzwerkmodus" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Von NetworkManager gesteuerte Schnittstellen" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager deaktivieren" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Herkömmliche Netzwerkkonfiguration mit NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager aktivieren" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Unterstützung für IPv6-Protokoll ist aktiviert" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 deaktivieren" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Unterstützung für IPv6-Protokoll ist deaktiviert" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "connected" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Beim Booten automatisch gestartet" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch bei Kabelverbindung gestartet" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Verwaltet von NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Wird unter keinen Umständen gestartet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Manuell gestartet" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-Adresse zugewiesen mittels" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s, Subnetzmaske %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nicht konfiguriert" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Gerätename: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bonding-Slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "gebündelt in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Bonding-Master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Nicht verbunden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Keine Hardwareinformationen" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Konfiguration der Netzwerkkarte nicht möglich, weil das Kernel-Gerät (eth0, wlan0) nicht verfügbar ist. Dies wird zumeist durch fehlende Firmware (für WLAN-Geräte) verursacht. Zu Einzelheiten s. die dmesg-Ausgabe." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4522,17 +4495,17 @@ "Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert. Drücken Sie <b>Bearbeiten</b>,\n" "um es zu konfigurieren.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Benötigte Firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "unbekannt" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4541,35 +4514,40 @@ "die Firewall-Einstellungen werden deaktiviert." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Display-Manager konfigurieren" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Dienste neu starten" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Fernverwaltungskonfiguration wird gespeichert" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Display-Manager wird konfiguriert ..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Das Aktivieren des Dienstes %{service} ist fehlgeschlagen" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Das Aktivieren des Dienstes %{service} ist fehlgeschlagen" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4580,30 +4558,30 @@ "starten Sie ihn bitte manuell neu oder melden Sie sich ab und wieder an." #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Verwaltung von entfernten Rechnern aus (remote) ist aktiviert." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Verwaltung von entfernten Rechnern aus (remote) ist deaktiviert." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264 msgid "Write IP forwarding settings" msgstr "IP-Weiterleitungseinstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" msgstr "Routing-Einstellungen schreiben" -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird gespeichert" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..." msgstr "IP-Weiterleitungseinstellungen werden geschrieben ..." @@ -4612,22 +4590,22 @@ #. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only, #. so we let our caller do it together with other things #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." msgstr "Routing-Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-Weiterleitung für IPv4: %s" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442 +#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462 msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-Weiterleitung für IPv6: %s" @@ -4646,6 +4624,45 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Nicht geschützt)" +#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DNS-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "DSL-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration der Rechner wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "ISDN-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Netzwerkkarten-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Modem-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Proxy-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Provider-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" +#~ msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wurde erfolgreich gespeichert" + +#~ msgid "Configure mail now?" +#~ msgstr "Mail nun konfigurieren?" + +#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguration von %1 ausführen?" + +#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +#~ msgstr "Die AutoYaST-Einstellung mit Netzwerk/gesteuert: NetworkManager ist nicht verfügbar, Wicked wird benutzt." + #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Startprotokoll des Geräts" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/nfs.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 13:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr "+" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ " Einhängepunkt '%1'." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -403,12 +403,12 @@ msgstr "NFS-Client-Konfiguration" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "Das Verzeichnis '%1' konnte nicht angelegt werden." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -419,52 +419,52 @@ " NFS-Client-Konfiguration vorgenommen.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "NFS-Konfiguration wird geschrieben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Dienste stoppen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Dienste starten" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Dienste werden gestoppt ..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Dienste werden gestartet ..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Einstellungen des NFS-Clients werden geschrieben. Bitte warten ..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "Die NFS-Verzeichnisse aus /etc/fstab konnten nicht eingehangen (gemountet) werden." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS-Einträge" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 Einträge konfiguriert" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/nis.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/nis.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -280,9 +280,10 @@ msgstr "&Adressen der NIS-Server" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "Br&oadcast" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "&Broadcast" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -395,11 +396,6 @@ msgstr "&Server (getrennt durch Leerzeichen oder Kommas)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "&Broadcast" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" @@ -608,6 +604,9 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NIS-Server wurde nicht gefunden." +#~ msgid "Br&oadcast" +#~ msgstr "Br&oadcast" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<p>The <b>Broadcast</b> option enables searching\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/ntp-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration wird geschrieben ..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" msgstr "<p>Drücken Sie <b>Jetzt Synchronisieren</b>, um Ihre Systemzeit mittels des gewählten NTP-Servers korrekt einzustellen. Wenn Sie von NTP permanent Gebrauch machen wollen, aktivieren Sie die Option <b>NTP-Konfiguration speichern</b>.</p>" @@ -50,48 +50,48 @@ msgstr "<p>Mit der Option <b>NTP als Daemon starten</b> wird der NTP-Dienst als Daemon gestartet. Andernfalls wird die Systemzeit periodisch synchronisiert. Das Standardintervall ist 15 min. Sie können es nach der Installation im <b>YaST2-Modul ntp-client</b> ändern.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Mittels des Schalters <b>Konfigurieren</b>, öffnen Sie die erweiterte NTP-Konfiguration.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Synchronisation mit dem NTP-Server kann nur erfolgen, wenn das Netzwerk konfiguriert ist.</p>" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Ungültiger NTP-Server-Hostname %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&NTP-Server-Adresse" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP als Daemon sta&rten" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration &speichern" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "Jetzt s&ynchronisieren" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Konfigurieren ..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -100,18 +100,18 @@ "wenn das Paket %1 installiert ist." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronisiere mit NTP-Server ..." #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Die Verbindung zum ausgewählten NTP-Server schlug fehl." #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -323,273 +323,267 @@ msgstr "JJY-Empfänger" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP-Client-Konfigurationsmodul." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Status des NTP-Daemon anzeigen" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Alle konfigurierten Synchronisationsverbindungen anzeigen" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP-Daemon aktivieren" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP-Daemon deaktivieren" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Neue Synchronisationsverbindung hinzufügen" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Vorhandene Synchronisationsverbindung bearbeiten" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Eine Synchronisationsverbindung löschen" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Die Adresse des Servers" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Die Adresse des Peers" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Adresse für das Broadcast" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Adresse, von der Broadcast-Meldungen akzeptiert werden" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Optionen der Verbindung" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Optionen für das Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Server für initiale Synchronisation verwenden" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Server nicht für initiale Synchronisation verwenden" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "Synchronisations-Peer nicht angegeben." #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "Angegebener Synchronisations-Peer nicht gefunden." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "NTP-Daemon ist aktiviert." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "NTP-Daemon ist deaktiviert." #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Server" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Peer" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Info via Broadcast akzeptieren" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Gerätenummer: %1" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Lokale Funkuhr" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "Einlesen der Einstellungen fehlgeschlagen" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP-Server-Konfiguration" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP-Konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Erweiterte NTP-Konfiguration" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Neue Synchronisierung" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Servereinstellungen" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP-Server" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Lokaler NTP-Server" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Öffentlicher NTP-Server" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP-Peer" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Lokale Referenzuhr" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Ausgangs-Broadcast" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Eingangs-Broadcast" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "&Referenz-ID" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Stratum" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Kalibrierungs-Offset 1" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Kalibrierungs-Offset 2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Markierung &1" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Markierung &2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Markierung &3" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Markierung &4" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -598,7 +592,7 @@ "Bitte warten ...<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -608,7 +602,7 @@ "die Schaltflche <b>Abbrechen</b> klicken.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -617,7 +611,7 @@ "Bitte warten ...<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -627,16 +621,23 @@ "Brechen Sie den Speichervorgang mit <b>Abbrechen</b> ab.\n" "Ein zusätzlicher Dialog informiert Sie darüber, ob dies eine sichere Aktion ist.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" +#| "Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +#| "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +#| " You can change this when the system was set up." msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>NTP-Daemon starten</big></b><br>\n" "Wählen Sie aus, ob der NTP-Daemon und bei jedem Systemstart gestartetwerden soll. \n" @@ -672,7 +673,7 @@ "Zugriffskontroll-Markierungen können in der Server-Übersichtstabelle noch feiner bearbeitet werden. Diese Option ist nicht verfügbar falls Sie NTP via DHCP konfiguriert haben.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -688,7 +689,7 @@ "vom DHCP-Server bereitgestellt werden.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -704,7 +705,7 @@ "<b>Löschen</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -713,7 +714,7 @@ "<p>Zum Anzeigen der Protokolle des NTP-Daemons klicken Sie auf <b>Protokoll anzeigen</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -724,7 +725,7 @@ "einer lokal verbundenen Uhr konfiguriert werden soll, verwenden Sie <b>Erweiterte Konfiguration</b>." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -733,7 +734,7 @@ "Wählen Sie den Treiber für die zu konfigurierende Uhr.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -744,7 +745,7 @@ "<b>Gerätenummer</b> festlegen.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -762,7 +763,7 @@ "muss manuell erstellt werden.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -771,7 +772,7 @@ "Zum Kalibrieren des Uhrtreibers klicken Sie <b>Treiber-Kalibrierung</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -784,7 +785,7 @@ "Internetdienstanbieter.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -797,7 +798,7 @@ "wählen Sie zwischen <b>Lokaler NTP-Server</b> und <b>Öffentlicher NTP-Server</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -808,7 +809,7 @@ "drücken Sie <b>Test</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -819,7 +820,7 @@ "verwenden Sie <b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -830,7 +831,7 @@ "verwenden Sie das Textfeld <b>Adresse</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -842,7 +843,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -854,7 +855,7 @@ "die entsprechenden Optionen im Textfeld <b>Optionen</b> ein. Einzelheiten entnehmen Sie bitte dem Dokument\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" @@ -873,7 +874,7 @@ "<b>NTP-Dienst auf konfigurierte Server beschränken</b> aktiviert ist.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -882,7 +883,7 @@ "Wählen Sie den Typ für den hinzuzufügenden Synchronisierungs-Peer.</p>" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Server</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -900,7 +901,7 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Peer</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -909,7 +910,7 @@ "ist, zu konfigurieren, wählen Sie <b>Funkuhr</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -918,7 +919,7 @@ "<b>Ausgangs-Broadcast</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" @@ -927,7 +928,7 @@ "und diese Pakete zur Einstellung der lokalen Zeit zu verwenden, wählen Sie <b>Eingangs-Broadcast<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -938,7 +939,7 @@ "oder wählen Sie den NTP-Server aus der Liste bekannter NTP-Server.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -952,7 +953,7 @@ "Wählen Sie dann einen Server aus der Liste gefundener Server.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" @@ -963,7 +964,7 @@ "NTP-Servern für ein bestimmtes Land, wählen Sie dieses unter <b>Land</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -985,7 +986,7 @@ "können Sie auch einen NTP-Server in Ihrer Nähe finden.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -995,7 +996,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -1010,7 +1011,7 @@ " Ihr NTP-Client jede Stunde mit anderen Servern verbunden.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1024,7 +1025,7 @@ "Treiber gedacht.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1042,17 +1043,17 @@ "Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Einstellungen speichern und NTP-Daemon neu starten" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1067,7 +1068,7 @@ "wird der Daemon nicht richtig funktionieren." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1076,7 +1077,7 @@ " kein vollständiger Hostname bzw. keine IPv4- oder IPv6-Adresse." #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1089,44 +1090,44 @@ " Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie den aktuellen NTP-Server ersetzen möchten?" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Gerät wählen" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "Öffentliche NTP-&Server" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Wählen Sie einen NTP-Server." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Alle Länder" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&Land" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Netzwerk wird nach NTP-Servern durchsucht..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1137,205 +1138,205 @@ "die das Durchsuchen des Netzwerks blockiert." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "Es wurde kein NTP-Server im Netzwerk gefunden." #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adresse" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "Es wurde kein Server ausgewählt." #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "A&dresse" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "Er&weiterte Konfiguration" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "&Treiber-Kalibrierung" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "Synchronisations&intervall in Minuten" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP-Daemon starten" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Nur &manuell" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "Ohne Daemon &synchronisieren" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Jetzt und &beim Systemstart" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "NTP-Daemon im Chroot-&Jail ausführen" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "NTP-Dienst auf konfigurierte Server &beschränken" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuell" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Automatisch" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Richtlinie zur &Laufzeitkonfiguration" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Richtlinie" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Zufällig ausgewählte Server von pool.ntp.org verwenden" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresse" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "Aus&wählen ..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Test" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Synchronisierungstyp" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "&Protokoll anzeigen ..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "Uhr-&Typ" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "Geräte&nummer" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "&Symlink erstellen" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Gerät" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Server" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Peer" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "&Funkuhr" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "&Ausgangs-Broadcast" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "&Eingangs-Broadcast" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "&Lokales Netzwerk" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "&Öffentlicher NTP-Server" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "Ort des NTP-Servers" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Lookup" @@ -1349,146 +1350,91 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisierung ..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Initialisierung der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "Einlesen der Netzwerkkonfiguration" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen lesen" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen ..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen schreiben" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird neu gestartet ..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "Das Regelwerk für die dynamische Konfiguration konnte nicht aktualisiert werden." - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden." - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird beim Systemstart aktiviert." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird nicht automatisch gestartet." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Funkuhren: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Zeit-Info via Broadcast verbreiten an: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Via Broadcast erhaltene Zeit-Info akzeptieren von: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Statische und DHCP-Konfiguration kombinieren" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Nur statische Konfiguration" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Konfigurationsrichtlinie" -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP-Server wird getestet ..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Der Server ist erreichbar und antwortet korrekt." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Der Server ist entweder nicht erreichbar oder antwortet nicht korrekt." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1496,6 +1442,72 @@ "Die Suche nach einem NTP-Server im lokalen Netzwerk\n" "ist nur möglich, wenn das Paket %1 installiert ist.\n" +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initialisierung der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "Einlesen der Netzwerkkonfiguration" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen lesen" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird eingelesen ..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen werden gelesen ..." + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des NTP-Clients" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "NTP-Einstellungen schreiben" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "NTP-Daemon neu starten" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben ..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon wird neu gestartet ..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "Das Regelwerk für die dynamische Konfiguration konnte nicht aktualisiert werden." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "Der NTP-Daemon konnte nicht neu gestartet werden." + +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings" +#~ msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" + #~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" #~ msgstr "\"Testabfrage an Server %1\" ist fehlgeschlagen. Drücken Sie \"Nein\" zum ignorieren falls der Server noch nicht erreichbar oder das Netwerk noch nicht konfiguriert ist. NTP-Serverkonfiguration überprüfen?" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 10:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Hermann J. Beckers <hj.beckers@onlinehome.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Repository-Verwaltung lädt die Repository-Details herunter ...</p>" @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung ..." @@ -572,11 +572,6 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medien" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Die Konfiguration der Softwareverwaltung wird gespeichert ..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" @@ -612,7 +607,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -878,7 +873,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -886,7 +881,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Erneut versuchen?" @@ -1456,42 +1451,42 @@ "'%2'?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Neues Repository hinzufügen ..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Repository-Typ prüfen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Repository hinzufügen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Repository-Lizenz lesen" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Repository-Typ wird geprüft" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Repository wird hinzugefügt ..." -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Repository-Lizenz lesen" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repository" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1507,8 +1502,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1517,7 +1512,7 @@ "kann nicht erstellt werden." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1526,12 +1521,12 @@ "Ändern Sie das Protokoll oder entpacken Sie das ISO-Abbild auf dem Server." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "Bitte ändern Sie die URL und versuchen Sie es erneut." #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1539,6 +1534,11 @@ "Bevor nach SLP-Repositories gesucht werden kann,\n" "muss das Paket %1 installiert worden sein.\n" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Die Konfiguration der Softwareverwaltung wird gespeichert ..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1546,19 +1546,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Bei der Vorbereitung des Installationssystems ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Die Steuerdatei %1 wurde nicht auf dem Medium gefunden." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgid "" @@ -1566,28 +1566,43 @@ "The add-on product cannot be registered." msgstr "Paket %1 wurde nicht installiert. Der Dienst kann nicht bearbeitet werden." +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Bitte warten ..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Es können keine zusätzlichen Produkte benutzt werden." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Pfad: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Zusätzliche Produkte" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1595,37 +1610,30 @@ "Das Installations-Repository enthält auch die aufgelisteten zusätzlichen Repositories.\n" "Wählen Sie, welche Sie benutzen möchten.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Zur Auswahl stehende zusätzliche Produkte" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Ausgewählte &Produkte hinzufügen" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Legen Sie das Zusatzprodukt-Medium %1 ein" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Legen Sie das%1-%2-Medium ein." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Produkt %1 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1652,27 +1660,27 @@ msgstr "Der Schlüssel kann nicht in das temporäre Verzeichnis kopiert werden." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Liste der fehlgeschlagenen Pakete anzeigen" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Gesamtes Protokoll anzeigen" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Die Installation einiger Pakete ist fehlgeschlagen." #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Installation vom Benutzer abgebrochen." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medium: %1" @@ -1680,13 +1688,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Fertig." @@ -1695,21 +1703,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Nächste %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "nächstes: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Gesamt" @@ -1718,41 +1726,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 wird heruntergeladen (Downloadgröße %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Verbleibend: %1 %2 Pakete)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Herunterladen der Pakete ..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "(%1 von %2 Paketen sind heruntergeladen)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "%1 wird gelöscht" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "%1 wird installiert (Größe nach Installation %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM wird angewendet: %1" @@ -1877,7 +1885,9 @@ msgstr "<b>Warnung:</b> Produkt <b>%s</b> wird entfernt." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Produkt <b>%s</b> wird automatisch entfernt.</font>" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", @@ -1899,12 +1909,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Unter '%1' wurde kein Repository gefunden." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1916,31 +1926,31 @@ "vom SUSE Linux-Webserver herunterladen.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Gebootete Medien werden integriert ..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Das Service-Pack-Repository konnte nicht integriert werden." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Repositories werden initialisiert ..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-CD 1 einlegen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1-CD 1 nicht gefunden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1949,7 +1959,7 @@ "Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldatei %1 für weitere Informationen." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1958,12 +1968,12 @@ "Software-Vorschlag wird erneut aufgerufen." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Paketauswahl wird ausgewertet ..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1974,36 +1984,48 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Lizenzdatei %1 konnte nicht gelesen werden" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Legen Sie die Datei license.tar.gz beim Erstellen des Abbildes im Root-Verzeichnis des Live-Mediums ab, um die Produktlizenz angemessen zu zeigen." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie diese EULA ausdrucken möchten, können Sie\n" "sie auf dem ersten Medium in der Datei %1 finden." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2017,18 +2039,18 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Möchten Sie die Installation des Zusatzprodukts wirklich abbrechen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2037,7 +2059,7 @@ "Möchten Sie die Lizenzvereinbarung wirklich ablehnen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2046,11 +2068,12 @@ "von Zusatzprodukten ab. Möchten Sie wirklich ablehnen?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Das System wird heruntergefahren ..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 #, fuzzy #| msgid " License Agreement" @@ -2058,7 +2081,7 @@ msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2164,7 +2187,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgid "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2215,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "Dateien mit Repository-Beschreibung &herunterladen" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2224,7 +2247,7 @@ "des Mediums handelt, legen Sie <b>ISO-Abbild</b> fest.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2233,65 +2256,65 @@ "geben Sie den Speicherort des ersten Mediums des Satzes an.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servername" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Abbild" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-Abbild" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-Protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Mount-Optionen" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(Standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL des Repositories" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL des Repositories" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Repository-URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-Server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD- oder DVD-Medium" @@ -2299,23 +2322,23 @@ # &F is taken by "&FTP" # 2001-10-12 11:34:26 CEST -ke- #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-Stick oder -Platte" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokales Verzeichnis" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokales ISO-Abbild" @@ -2324,24 +2347,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server und Verzeichnis" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Der Name des Repositories darf nicht leer sein." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Repository-Name" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2350,12 +2373,12 @@ "Geben Sie unter <b>Repository-Name</b> einen Namen für das Repository ein. Wenn das Feld leer ist, übernimmt YaST den Produktnamen (sofern verfügbar) oder die URL als Repository-Namen.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Dienstname" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2364,17 +2387,17 @@ "Unter <b>Dienstname</b> geben Sie den Namen des Dienstes ein. Wenn das Feld leer bleibt, übernimmt YaST einen Teil der Dienst-URL als Namen für den Dienst.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL darf nicht leer sein." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2386,16 +2409,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Teile der URL bearbeiten" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Komplette URL bearbeiten" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2405,7 +2428,7 @@ "Verwenden Sie <b>Servername</b> und <b>Pfad zum Verzeichnis oder ISO-Abbild</b>,\n" "um den Host-Namen des NFS-Servers und den Pfad auf dem Server anzugeben.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2418,16 +2441,16 @@ "Siehe <b>man 5 nfs</b> zu Einzelheiten und die Liste unterstützter Optionen." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2436,12 +2459,12 @@ "Legen Sie <b>CD-ROM</b> oder <b>DVD-ROM</b> fest, um den Medientyp anzugeben.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-Abbild-Datei" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2450,7 +2473,7 @@ "oder das Verzeichnis existiert nicht.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2459,7 +2482,7 @@ "oder die Datei existiert nicht.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2470,17 +2493,17 @@ "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Pfad zum Verzeichnis" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Reines &RPM-Verzeichnis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2495,20 +2518,20 @@ "wählen Sie <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-Massenspeichergerät" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Dateisystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "&Verzeichnis" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2528,7 +2551,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2539,11 +2562,11 @@ "ein bestimmtes Dateisystem benutzen möchten, dann wählen Sie es aus der Liste.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Datenträger" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2562,12 +2585,12 @@ "Sie die Option <b>Reines RPM-Verzeichnis</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Pfad zum ISO-Abbild" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2578,71 +2601,71 @@ "ISO-Abbild anzugeben.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&name" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Freigabe" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO-&Abbild" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Verzeichnis auf dem Server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Aut&hentifizierung" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Arbeitsgruppe oder Domain" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Benutzername" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2667,7 +2690,7 @@ "dann wählen Sie <b>ISO-Abbild</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2678,12 +2701,20 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Ich möchte ein zusätzliches Add-On-Produkt installieren" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird überprüft ..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2694,7 +2725,7 @@ "oder auf der Festplatte befinden.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2705,7 +2736,7 @@ "muss Ihnen der Satz mit den Produkt-CDs bzw. die DVD zur Verfügung stehen.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2721,7 +2752,7 @@ "ist nur der Basispfad erforderlich.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2734,25 +2765,25 @@ "der ersten CD befinden, zum Beispiel /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Medientyp auswählen" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Legen Sie die Zusatzprodukt-CD ein" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Legen Sie die Zusatzprodukt-DVD ein" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Es wurde keine USB-Platte erkannt." #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2767,19 +2798,19 @@ "herunterladen, wenn sie benötigt wird. </p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Medientyp" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Add-on-Produkt" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "URL entered is not valid" msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." @@ -2973,12 +3004,12 @@ msgstr "In Ihrem Netzwerk wurden keine SLP-Repositories gefunden." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "Auf Partition \"%1\" fehlen %2 Plattenplatz." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2987,7 +3018,7 @@ "oder temporäre Dateien, bevor Sie das System aktualisieren.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie einige Pakete ab." @@ -3025,9 +3056,6 @@ #~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager" #~ msgstr "Softwareverwaltung initialisieren" -#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..." -#~ msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird überprüft ..." - #~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... " #~ msgstr "Die Softwareverwaltung wird initialisiert ..." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/pkg-bindings.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-03 17:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tilman Schmidt <tilman@imap.cc>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Das Repository wird aktualisiert</B></BIG></P><P>Die Paketverwaltung aktualisiert den Inhalt des Repositorys ...</P>" #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:655 +#: src/Package.cc:658 msgid "The package cannot be selected to install." msgstr "Das Paket kann nicht für die Installation ausgewählt werden." #. error message -#: src/Package.cc:661 +#: src/Package.cc:664 msgid "The package is not available." msgstr "Das Paket ist nicht verfügbar." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/printer.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/printer.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-30 21:20+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 @@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" @@ -459,8 +459,8 @@ #. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog #. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected #. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Keine Auswahl getroffen" @@ -3112,56 +3112,56 @@ #. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix@suse.de> #. #. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Anzeigen" #. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Lokal" #. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "Nicht-lokale Drucke&rwarteschlange" #. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Standort" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. #. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Liste a&ktualisieren" #. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "&Testseite drucken" @@ -3171,7 +3171,7 @@ #. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" @@ -3187,7 +3187,7 @@ #. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3211,67 +3211,67 @@ "(Das kann etwas dauern)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "Den nicht erreichbaren CUPS-Server '%1' nicht mehr verwenden?" #. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Den Server '%1' wirklich nicht mehr verwenden?" #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "Ein nicht erreichbarer Server verursacht eine endlose Folge von Fehler." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS-Server %1" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Test ob der CUPS-Server erreichbar ist ..." #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Wählen Sie einen Eintrag." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "Löschen nicht möglich" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "Dies ist die Konfiguration für eine nicht-lokale Druckerwarteschlange. Sie können nur lokale Konfigurationen löschen." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Löschen bestätigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "Die gewählte Konfiguration wird sofort gelöscht und kann nicht wiederhergestellt werden." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Konfiguration %1 löschen" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "Nicht löschen" @@ -3282,33 +3282,33 @@ #. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module #. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident #. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Löschen einer Klasse bestätigen" #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Eine gelöschte Klasse kann mit diesem Werkzeug nicht wieder neu angelegt werden." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Druckaufträge werden zurückgewiesen" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "Die Testseite kann nicht gedruckt werden, da Druckaufträge zurückgewiesen werden." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Druckausgabe deaktiviert" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "Die Testseite kann nicht gedruckt werden, da die Druckausgabe deaktiviert ist." @@ -3317,25 +3317,25 @@ #. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "Es sind anstehende Druckaufträge vorhanden, die eventuell gelöscht werden sollten, bevor die Testseite gedruckt wird." #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Anstehende Druckaufträge der Druckerwarteschlange %1 löschen" #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Vor Ausdruck der Testseite löschen" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Testseite nach allen anderen Aufträgen drucken" @@ -3343,7 +3343,7 @@ #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Löschen aller anstehenden Druckaufträge für %1 fehlgeschlagen." @@ -3362,28 +3362,28 @@ #. + (Printed with CUPS) show #. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage #. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Testdruck" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "Drucken sie ein oder zwei Seiten um z.B. Duplexdruck zu testen." #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Einzelne Testseite" #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Zwei Testseiten" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Drucken der Testseite für %1 fehlgeschlagen." @@ -3391,25 +3391,25 @@ #. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) #. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. #. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Bitte warten Sie, bis der Testdruck beendet ist" #. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Die Testseite wurde an %1 gesendet. Der Ausdruck sollte unmittelbar beginnen." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Drucken der Testseite war erfolgreich" #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label #. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Drucken der Testseite ist fehlgeschlagen" @@ -3429,53 +3429,53 @@ #. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Es sind anstehende Druckaufträge vorhanden, die eventuell nun gelöscht werden sollten." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Alle anstehenden Druckaufträge löschen" #. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "Nicht löschen" #. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "Das vollständige Protokoll findet sich in der /var/log/cups/error_log-Datei." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "Ausgabe des CUPS-Servers während der Ausgabe der Testseite für '%1' (Nur Englisch)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "CUPS-Protokollinformationen finden sich in der /var/log/cups/error_log-Datei." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "Wenn das Drucken auf einem entfernten System fehlschlägt, müssen Sie den Administrator des entfernten Systems fragen." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "Die Einstellung eines nicht-lokalen CUPS-Servers verhindert das Hinzufügen einer Konfiguration." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "Änderung nicht möglich" #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "Dies ist die Konfiguration einer nicht-lokalen Warteschlange. Es können nur lokale Konfigurationen geändert werden." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/rdp.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -106,53 +106,53 @@ msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "xrdp einrichten" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Dienste neu starten" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Den Dienste anhalten" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Fernverwaltungskonfiguration wird gespeichert" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben ..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "xrdp einrichten ..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Der Dienste wird angehalten ..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Verwaltung von entfernten Rechnern aus (remote) ist aktiviert." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Verwaltung von entfernten Rechnern aus (remote) ist deaktiviert." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/rear.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/rear.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-26 19:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -235,13 +235,13 @@ msgstr "Lesen der Rear-Konfiguration" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 +msgid "Reading rear settings" +msgstr "Rear-Einstellungen werden eingelesen" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "System wird analysiert" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" -msgstr "Rear-Einstellungen werden eingelesen" - #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "System wird analysiert ..." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 20:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -34,29 +34,6 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste\n" -"oder den SUSE-Standardregistrierungsserver aus." - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "Kein Registrierungsserver ausgewählt." - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -73,9 +50,9 @@ #. dialog title #. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration #. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -89,30 +66,30 @@ msgstr "Verwenden Sie '%s' statt dieses YaST-Moduls." #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Die Registrierung war erfolgreich." #. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Fehler bei der SLP-Erkennung, kein Server gefunden" #. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system #. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat herunterladen" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat importieren" #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..." @@ -252,31 +229,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-Fingerabdruck: " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "" -"Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n" -"Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?" - +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." -msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration." - -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung der Verbindung." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob dieses System dem Registrierungsserver bekannt ist." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -300,41 +271,47 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "Kontakt zum Registrierungsserver wird hergestellt" + #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registrierung ist fehlgeschlagen." - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Fehler beim Registrierungsclient." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Registration server error.\n" +#| "Retry registration later." msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" "Fehler beim Registrierungsserver.\n" "Wiederholen Sie die Registrierung später." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "Das empfangene SSL-Zertifikat stimmt nicht mit dem erwarteten Zertifikat überein." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -349,23 +326,23 @@ "sicher erreicht werden kann, und das YaST-Modul neu starten." #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat wird importiert" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-Zertifikat wird importiert..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fehler bei sicherer Verbindung: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -377,13 +354,33 @@ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass das neueste Produkt, das das neue\n" "Registrierungsprotokoll unterstützt, auf dem Server installiert ist." +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Ungültige URL." + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" +"Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n" +"Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration." + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Registrierungskonfiguration wird gespeichert..." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -392,7 +389,7 @@ "Prüfen Sie das System." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -400,7 +397,7 @@ "Das Installationsmedium oder das Installationsprogramm ist schwer beschädigt.\n" "Melden Sie diesen Fehler unter %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -411,7 +408,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "System wird registriert..." @@ -420,14 +417,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Produkte werden synchronisiert..." @@ -437,27 +434,27 @@ #. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module werden geladen..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Migrationsprodukte werden geladen..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Erweiterungen und Module registrieren" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Erweiterungen und Module werden registriert.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -466,7 +463,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -476,7 +473,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -492,7 +489,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -507,39 +504,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Repository-Konfiguration." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern des Dienstes '%s'." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -614,34 +611,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt werden sollen" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "Bei YaST können Sie maximal %s Erweiterungen oder Module auswählen." #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag dort manuell.</p>" @@ -656,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module für das System auswählen.</p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module" @@ -712,32 +713,32 @@ msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen herunterladen..." #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "'%s' wirklich löschen?" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "Erweiterungs- oder Modul&kennung" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architektur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Versionstyp" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registrierungs&code" @@ -767,10 +768,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Produkt registrieren" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&Email-Adresse" @@ -779,56 +778,68 @@ msgstr "Verfügbare Aktualisierungen aus Aktualisierungs-Repositorys installieren" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Servereinstellungen" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Registrierungsserver mit SLP-Erkennung suchen" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Bestimmte Server-URL statt des Standards verwenden" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL für optionales SSL-Server-Zertifikat" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingerabdruck des optionalen SSL-Serverzertifikats" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "Keine" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat-Fingerabdruck" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren..." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "&Lokaler Registrierungsserver..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering the System..." +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "System wird registriert..." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Server" +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "Registrierungsserver:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrierung ü&berspringen" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "&Erweiterungen oder Module wieder registrieren..." @@ -836,26 +847,37 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Das System ist bereits registriert." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "" + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das SUSE Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aufrüstungen und Erweiterungen erhalten." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +#| "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +#| "Customer Center for online registration.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really skip the registration now?" msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie Ihr System nicht registrieren, können wir Ihnen leider\n" "keinen Zugriff auf die Aktualisierungs-Repositorys gewähren.\n" @@ -865,35 +887,12 @@ "\n" "Soll die Registrierung wirklich jetzt übersprungen werden?" -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Geben Sie in den Feldern unten einen Registrierungs- oder Evaluierungs-\n" -"code für dieses Produkt ein sowie Ihren Benutzernamen bzw. Ihre Email-Adresse\n" -"vom SUSE Customer Center. Der Zugriff auf allgemeine und Sicher-\n" -"heitsaktualisierungen ist nur in einem registrierten System möglich." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Produktregistrierung jetzt überspringen, denken Sie daran, sich zu registrieren, nachdem \n" -"die Installation abgeschlossen ist." - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Network Configuration..." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration..." +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration..." #. SSL error message @@ -918,22 +917,30 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" msgstr "<p>Bei der sicheren Verbindung (HTTPS) erfolgt die Echtheitsprüfung des Servers und die Übertragung der verschlüsselten Daten mithilfe von SSL-Zertifikaten.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Sie können das Zertifikat in die Liste der bekannten Zertifizierungsstellen (CA) importieren und so angeben, dass Sie dem Inhalt und dem Aussteller des unbekannten Zertifikats vertrauen.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie ein Zertifikat importieren, kann beispielsweise ein selbst signiertes Zertifikat verwendet werden.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Wichtig:</b> Überprüfen Sie den Fingerabdruck des Zertifikats, damit Sie sichergehen können, tatsächlich das echte Zertifikat vom angeforderten Server zu importieren.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) @@ -941,16 +948,6 @@ msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Das Importieren eines unbekannten Zertifikats ohne entsprechende Überprüfung ist ein großes Sicherheitsrisiko.</b></p>" -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 -msgid "Invalid URL." -msgstr "Ungültige URL." - -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -985,17 +982,17 @@ msgstr "Die Repositories für die Migration auswählen" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Repositories organisieren ..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Priorität: %s" @@ -1059,17 +1056,17 @@ msgstr "Wählen Sie die Ziel-Migration." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Manuelles Einstellen der Repositories zur Migration" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Mögliche Migrationsziele" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Migrationszusammenfassung" @@ -1079,38 +1076,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "FEHLER: Produkt <b>%{product}</b> ist auf dem Registrierungsserver (%{url}) nicht verfügbar. Machen Sie das Produkt verfügbar, um die Verwendung der Migration zu erlauben." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>wird installiert.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>bleibt unverändert.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird aktualisiert zu</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird gedowngradet zu</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1164,15 +1161,98 @@ "Fehler beim automatischen Aktualisieren der Registrierung.\n" "Sie können das System manuell neu registrieren." -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" +msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste\n" +"oder den SUSE-Standardregistrierungsserver aus." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "No registration server selected" +msgstr "Kein Registrierungsserver ausgewählt." + +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" + +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Suchen ..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver werden gesucht..." +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server Settings" +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "Servereinstellungen" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No registration server selected." +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "Kein Registrierungsserver ausgewählt." + +#~ msgid "Registration failed." +#~ msgstr "Registrierung ist fehlgeschlagen." + +#~ msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +#~ msgstr "&Lokaler Registrierungsserver..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +#~ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +#~ "a registered system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geben Sie in den Feldern unten einen Registrierungs- oder Evaluierungs-\n" +#~ "code für dieses Produkt ein sowie Ihren Benutzernamen bzw. Ihre Email-Adresse\n" +#~ "vom SUSE Customer Center. Der Zugriff auf allgemeine und Sicher-\n" +#~ "heitsaktualisierungen ist nur in einem registrierten System möglich." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +#~ "installation has completed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie die Produktregistrierung jetzt überspringen, denken Sie daran, sich zu registrieren, nachdem \n" +#~ "die Installation abgeschlossen ist." + #~| msgid "&List of Repositories" #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "Migrations-Repositories" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-17 18:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -40,11 +40,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" +#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Das System nach dem Herunterfahren mit\n" @@ -55,7 +60,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -68,7 +73,7 @@ "mit einem IPL von FCP '%1' mit WWPN '%2'\n" "und LUN '%3' neuladen.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/samba-client.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-20 20:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -877,79 +877,79 @@ msgstr "Benötigte Pakete werden installiert..." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM-Login" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos verwenden" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "Kerberos nicht verwenden" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Standard-Bereich" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Standard-Domäne" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC-Server-Adresse" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Zeitunterschied" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>KDC-Server</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<p><b>Standard-Domäne</b>: %1</p>" #. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Standard-Bereich</b>: %1<br>" #. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1" msgstr "<b>Kerberos-Authentifizierung aktiviert</b>: %1" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value #. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" #. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Konfigurationserfassung via DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ "Noch einmal versuchen.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 09:23+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -267,11 +267,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" -"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Da momentan Benutzer zu diesem Samba-Server verbunden sind,\n" "wurde die Serverkonfiguration neu geladen anstatt neu gestartet.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/security.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -138,204 +138,204 @@ #. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> #. #. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Magic SysRq-Tasten aktivieren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Sichere Dateiberechtigungen verwenden" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Fernzugriff auf den Display-Manager" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Systemzeit auf die BIOS-Uhr zurückschreiben" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Immer syslog-Nachrichten für cron-Skripte generieren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "DHCP-Daemon in einer chroot-Umgebung ausführen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "DHCP-Daemon als dhcp-Benutzer ausführen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Grafischer Fernzugriff mit root-Rechten " -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Fernzugriff auf den X-Server " -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Fernzugriff auf das Teilsystem E-Mail-Zustellung" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Dienste bei Aktualisierung neu starten" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Dienste beim Entfernen stoppen" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "TCP-syncookies aktivieren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4-Weiterleitung:" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6-Weiterleitung:" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable the service" msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Dienst aktivieren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disable the service" msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Dienst deaktivieren" #. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Konfigurieren" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiviert" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiviert" #. table header #. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellung" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Sicherheitsstatus" #. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hilfe" #. this is a separator between service names #. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr "oder" #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<P>These basic system services are not running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Die folgenden Dienste des Basissystems sind im Moment nicht aktiv:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Alle Basisdienste sind aktiviert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<P>These extra services are running:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>" msgstr "<P>Diese zusätzlichen Dienste laufen:<BR><B>%1</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Liste der Dienste prüfen und alle unbenutzten Dienste deaktivieren.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>" msgstr "<P>Nur Basisdienste des Systems sind aktiviert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" #. Overview dialog caption #. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Sicherheitsüberblick" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "&Status ändern" #. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Beschreibung" #. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "System wird analysiert ..." #. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für den Systemstart" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Berechtigungen für den Systemstart" #. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Verschiedene Einstellungen" #. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Passworteinstellungen" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Überprüfung" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Passwortalter" #. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ "als das Maximum." #. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -353,17 +353,17 @@ "Die maximale Passwortlänge für die gewählte Verschlüsselungsmethode ist %1." #. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für das Anmelden" #. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Anmelden" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ "<br>Bitte warten...<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ "Sie können das Konfigurationsprogramm jetzt über die Option <b>Abbrechen</b> sicher abbrechen.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n" "<br>Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ "<br>Bitte warten...<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>" @@ -398,55 +398,9 @@ "<p><b><big>Abbrechen des Speichervorgangs</big></b><br>\n" "Brechen Sie den Speichervorgang ab, indem Sie <b>Abbrechen</b> wählen.</p>" -#. Boot dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Boot-Sicherheit</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie verschiedene sicherheitsbezogene Boot-Einstellungen ändern.</p>" - -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" -"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" -"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" -"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" -"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" -"workstation and server.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Entf</b>:\n" -"Konfigurieren Sie, wie das System reagieren soll, wenn\n" -"jemand an der Konsole die Tastenkombination STRG + ALT + ENTF\n" -"drückt. Normalerweise wird das System neu gebootet. Manchmal sollte\n" -"dieses Ereignis nicht ignoriert werden, beispielsweise wenn das System sowohl als\n" -"Arbeitplatzrechner als auch als Server dient.</p>" - -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" -"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Verhalten des Anmeldungsmanagers beim Herunterfahren</b>:\n" -"Legen Sie fest, wer zum Herunterfahren des Computers von KDM aus berechtigt ist.</p>\n" - -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>System-Tiefschlaf</b>:\n" -"Legt die Bedingungen fest zu denen ein Benutzer ein System in den Tiefschlaf versetzen kann. Standardmäßig hat jeder Benutzer auf einer aktiven Konsole das Recht dazu.\n" -"Weitere Optionen sind, diese Operation jedem Benutzer zu erlauben oder in jedem Falle eine Authentifizierung zu verlangen.</p>\n" - -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" "<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" " booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" @@ -460,7 +414,7 @@ "</p>" #. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Networked Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n" @@ -473,14 +427,14 @@ "irgendeiner Form von Netzwerk (z. B. Internet) verbunden ist.</p>" #. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks.</p>" msgstr "" #. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service.</p>" @@ -489,12 +443,12 @@ "Form von Dienst anbietet.</p>" #. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen</b>: Erstellen Sie Ihre eigene Konfiguration.</p>" #. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n" "<p>These login settings\n" @@ -505,7 +459,7 @@ "werden vor allem in der Datei /etc/login.defs gespeichert.</p>" #. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" "It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" @@ -518,7 +472,7 @@ "wenn sie sich vertippt haben. Ein vernünftiger Wert ist drei Sekunden (<tt>3</tt>).</p>" #. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" @@ -531,7 +485,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" "to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" @@ -542,7 +496,7 @@ "auf Ihren Rechner über Display-Manager kann ein Sicherheitsrisiko darstellen.</p>" #. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>" @@ -551,7 +505,7 @@ "werden vor allem in der Datei /etc/login.defs gespeichert.</p>" #. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" "cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" @@ -563,7 +517,7 @@ "Regeln entsprechen.</p>" #. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" @@ -578,7 +532,7 @@ "Diese Option kann nur geändert werden, wenn <b>Neue Passwörter überprüfen</b> aktiviert ist.</p>" #. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" "Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" @@ -589,12 +543,12 @@ " Geben Sie '0' ein, wenn keine Passwörter gespeichert werden sollen.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Methode für die Verschlüsselung des Passworts:</b></p>" #. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" "but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" @@ -606,7 +560,7 @@ "Sie diese Methode verwenden.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" @@ -615,12 +569,12 @@ "Linux-Distributionen unterstützt, jedoch nicht von anderen Systemen oder älterer Software.</p>" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> ist die aktuelle Standard-Hash-Methode. Es wird nicht empfohlen andere Algorithmen zu verwenden, es sei denn es ist aus Kompatibilitätsgründen erforderlich.</p>" #. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>" @@ -631,7 +585,7 @@ # #-#-#-#-# security.de.po (security.de) #-#-#-#-# # Shortened because of #19756 #. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" "number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" @@ -642,7 +596,7 @@ "Zeitraum, desto unwahrscheinlicher ist es, dass jemand Passwörter durch Raten ermitteln kann.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>" @@ -651,7 +605,7 @@ "<p>In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie verschiedene Einstellungen ändern, die zum Erstellen von Benutzern verwendet werden.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>" @@ -660,7 +614,7 @@ "Legen Sie den zulässigen Mindest- und Höchstwert für die Benutzer-ID fest.</p>" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>" @@ -669,7 +623,7 @@ "Legen Sie den zulässigen Mindest- und Höchstwert für die Gruppen-ID fest.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" "<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>" @@ -678,7 +632,7 @@ "<p>In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie verschiedene Einstellungen ändern, die auf die lokale Sicherheit bezogen sind.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" "of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" @@ -709,7 +663,7 @@ "festlegen, welche Benutzer in der Lage sein sollen, X-Anwendungen und setuid-Programme auszuführen.</p>\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" "once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" @@ -724,7 +678,7 @@ " (einige Dateien) oder <b>root</b> (alle Dateien).</p>" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" @@ -737,7 +691,7 @@ "ausschließlich im Suchpfad (Variable PATH) danach.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" "system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" @@ -751,7 +705,7 @@ "nur über den Suchpfad (Variable PATH) gesucht.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" @@ -766,7 +720,7 @@ "sehr leicht zur Ausführung <i>Trojanischer Pferde</i>, führen, die diese Schwäche ausnutzen, um in das System einzudringen.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>" @@ -775,7 +729,7 @@ "und dieser wird somit als letztes durchsucht.</p>" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>" @@ -784,7 +738,7 @@ "die von einem \"./\" angeführt werden. Beispiel: \"./configure\".</p>" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" "will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" @@ -795,26 +749,26 @@ "Kernel-Fehlersuche) noch einen gewissen Grad an Kontrolle über das System. Einzelheiten hierzu finden Sie in der Datei /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Sicherheits-Überblick</B><BR>Dies ist ein Überblick über die wichtigsten Sicherheitseinstellungen.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Um den aktuellen Wert zu ändern, klicken Sie auf den Link der mit der Option assoziiert ist.</P>" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>" msgstr "<p>Ein Häkchen in der <B>Sicherheitsstatus</B>-Spalte bedeutet, dass der aktuelle Wert der Option sicher ist.</P>" #. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>Der aktuelle Wert konnte nicht gelesen werden. Der Dienst ist entweder nicht installiert oder die Option steht dem System nicht zur Verfügung.</B></P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" @@ -834,7 +788,7 @@ "zum Benutzername und dessen genutztes Passwort.</P><P>Falls Sie <EM>XDMCP</EM>\n" "nicht für das graphische Anmelden über das Netzwerk brauchen, deaktivieren Sie es.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" "computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" @@ -846,23 +800,23 @@ "geschrieben werden.</P><P>Eine konsistente Systemzeit ist essentiell für die \n" "Fähigkeit des Systems, korrekte Log-Einträge zu erstellen.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "<P>Fehlfunktionen eines Systems werden üblicherweise durch Anomalien in diesem festgestellt. Syslog-Nachrichten über Ereignisse die in einem regelmäßigen Ablauf geschehen sind wichtig um solche Probleme zu finden. Das Fehlen eines einzigen Syslog-Eintrags kann mehr sagen als das Fehlen eines kompletten Protokolls.</P><P>Von diesem Standpunkt aus sind Syslog-Nachrichten mit Systemereignissen nur nützlich, wenn diese verfügbar sind.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "<P>Durch Chroot-Ausführungsumgebungen wird ein Prozess auf die Dateien beschränkt, die der Prozess tatsächlich benötigt. Die Dateien werden dazu in ein separates Unterverzeichnis kopiert, und der Prozess wird mit einem geänderten Root-Verzeichnis (chroot) ausgeführt, das auf dieses Unterverzeichnis verweist.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>" msgstr "<P>Der DHCP-Client-Dæmon sollte als der Benutzer <EM>dhcpd</EM> ausgeführt werden, um das Risiko von Schäden durch Schwachstellen im Programmcode zu minimieren.</P><P>Bitte beachten Sie das dhcpd nicht als <EM>root</EM> oder mit der Fähigkeit <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> ausgeführt werden darf.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "<P>Administratoren sollten sich niemals als <EM>root</EM> an eine X-Window-Sitzung (wie z.B. KDE oder Gnome) anmelden, um die Verwendung von root-Rechten zu minimieren.</P><P>Diese Option hilft nicht gegen nachlässige Administratioren, soll aber verhindern, dass sich Angreifer als <EM>root</EM> am Display-Manager anmelden können, falls sie das Passwort erraten oder sonst irgendwie bekommen haben.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" "to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" @@ -883,13 +837,13 @@ "durch die Sicherheitseinstellungen deaktiviert werden.</P><P>Für die Anzeige von X Window-Clients\n" "über das Netzwerk wird die Verwendung von Secure Shell (<EM>ssh</EM>) empfohlen. Dies ermöglicht X Window-Clients die Verbindung mit dem X-Server über eine verschlüsselte ssh-Verbindung.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" "<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" "itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "<P>Das E-Mail-Verteilungssystem wird immer gestartet. Jedoch zeigt es sich standardgemäß nicht außerhalb des Systems, weil es nicht auf dem Netzwerk-Port 25 (SMTP) lauscht.</P><P>Falls Sie auf ihrem System keine Mails über das SMTP-Protokoll verteilen (dies beeinflusst i.d.R. nicht das normale Senden/Empfangen von E-Mails), deaktivieren Sie diese Option.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" @@ -901,7 +855,7 @@ "reason to do so.</P>" msgstr "<P>Wenn ein Paket, das einen gerade aktiven Dienst enthält, aktualisiert wird, wird der Dienst neu gestartet, sobald die Paketdateien installiert sind.</P><P>Dies ist in den meisten Fällen sinnvoll und zudem sicher, wenn man bedenkt, dass für viele Dienste entweder der Zugriff auf ihre Binärdateien im Dateisystem oder auf ihre Konfigurationsdateien erforderlich ist. Diese Dienste würden einfach weiterlaufen, bis sie gestoppt werden, bis also zum Beispiel laufende Daemons beendet werden.</P><P>Diese Einstellung sollte nur geändert werden, wenn es einen wichtigen Grund dafür gibt.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" @@ -921,38 +875,139 @@ "</P><P>Diese Einstellung sollte nur geändert werden, wenn es einen wichtigen Grund \n" "dafür gibt.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "<P>Zu viele Verbindungsversuche können ein System überlasten - ihm geht der Arbeitsspeicher aus, ein Problem, das zu Denial of Service (DoS)-Fehlern führt.</P><P>In solchen Fällen können 'syncookies' häufig weiterhelfen, bei Konfigurationen mit sehr vielen legitimen Verbindungsversuchen von einer Quelle kann die Einstellung <EM>Aktiviert</EM> jedoch bei hohen Belastungen zu Problemen mit verweigerten TCP-Verbindungen führen.</P><P>In den meisten Umgebungen stellen 'syncookies' jedoch die erste Verteidigungsfront gegen SYN-Flood-DoS-Angriffe dar. Die sicherste Einstellung ist also <EM>Aktiviert</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "<P>IP-Weiterleitung bedeutet die Weiterleitung von Netzwerkpaketen, die zwar empfangen wurden, jedoch nicht für eine der im System konfigurierten Netzwerkschnittstellen bestimmt sind.</P><P>Wenn ein System Netzwerkverkehr über ISO/OSI-Layer 3 weiterleitet, wird es als Router bezeichnet. Wenn Sie diese Routing-Funktion nicht benötigen, deaktivieren Sie diese Option.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Diese Einstellung betrifft nur <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>" msgstr "<P>Diese Einstellung betrifft nur <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "<P>Aktivierte Magic SysRq-Schlüssel bieten Ihnen selbst bei einem Systemabsturz noch gewisse Steuerungsmöglichkeiten (z. B. beim Kernel-Debugging), oder falls das System nicht reagiert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" msgstr "<P>Es gibt vordefinierte Dateiberechtigungen in den /etc/permissions.*-Dateien. Die restriktivsten Dateirechte sind in der 'secure'- oder 'paranoid'-Datei definiert.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Zur Aufrechterhaltung der Systemkonsistenz und zur Ausführung der sicherheitsrelevanten Dienste müssen die Dienste des Basissystems aktiviert sein.</P>" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>Jeder laufende Dienst ist ein potenzielles Ziel eines Sicherheitsangriffs. Deshalb wird empfohlen alle nicht benutzten Dienste zu deaktivieren.</P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +msgid "" +"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b><big>Boot-Sicherheit</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie verschiedene sicherheitsbezogene Boot-Einstellungen ändern.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server.</p>" +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Entf</b>:\n" +"Konfigurieren Sie, wie das System reagieren soll, wenn\n" +"jemand an der Konsole die Tastenkombination STRG + ALT + ENTF\n" +"drückt. Normalerweise wird das System neu gebootet. Manchmal sollte\n" +"dieses Ereignis nicht ignoriert werden, beispielsweise wenn das System sowohl als\n" +"Arbeitplatzrechner als auch als Server dient.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server.</p>" +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Entf</b>:\n" +"Konfigurieren Sie, wie das System reagieren soll, wenn\n" +"jemand an der Konsole die Tastenkombination STRG + ALT + ENTF\n" +"drückt. Normalerweise wird das System neu gebootet. Manchmal sollte\n" +"dieses Ereignis nicht ignoriert werden, beispielsweise wenn das System sowohl als\n" +"Arbeitplatzrechner als auch als Server dient.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +#| "workstation and server.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Entf</b>:\n" +"Konfigurieren Sie, wie das System reagieren soll, wenn\n" +"jemand an der Konsole die Tastenkombination STRG + ALT + ENTF\n" +"drückt. Normalerweise wird das System neu gebootet. Manchmal sollte\n" +"dieses Ereignis nicht ignoriert werden, beispielsweise wenn das System sowohl als\n" +"Arbeitplatzrechner als auch als Server dient.</p>" + +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" +#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Verhalten des Anmeldungsmanagers beim Herunterfahren</b>:\n" +"Legen Sie fest, wer zum Herunterfahren des Computers von KDM aus berechtigt ist.</p>\n" + +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>System-Tiefschlaf</b>:\n" +"Legt die Bedingungen fest zu denen ein Benutzer ein System in den Tiefschlaf versetzen kann. Standardmäßig hat jeder Benutzer auf einer aktiven Konsole das Recht dazu.\n" +"Weitere Optionen sind, diese Operation jedem Benutzer zu erlauben oder in jedem Falle eine Authentifizierung zu verlangen.</p>\n" + #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 #, fuzzy @@ -1020,165 +1075,240 @@ "Die niedrigste Gruppen-ID darf nicht höher sein als das\n" "Maximum." -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100 -msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" -msgstr "&Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Del" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec@suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorieren" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Neustart" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Stopp" +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +msgid "Only root" +msgstr "Nur root" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +msgid "All Users" +msgstr "Alle Benutzer" + +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +msgid "Nobody" +msgstr "Niemand" + +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" +msgstr "&Interpretation von Strg + Alt + Del" + #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "&Grafische Anmeldung von Remote erlauben" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "&Magic SysRq Keys" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Deaktivieren" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Alle Funktionen aktivieren" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Zu wartende Sekunden nach einer fehlerhaften Anmeldung" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "Maxim&um" #. IntField label #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "M&inimum" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154 -msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" -msgstr "&Verhalten des Anmeldungsmanagers KDM beim Herunterfahren:" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "Only root" -msgstr "Nur root" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161 -msgid "All Users" -msgstr "Alle Benutzer" - -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163 -msgid "Nobody" -msgstr "Niemand" - -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "System-Tiefschlaf" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Benutzer an aktiver Konsole" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Jeder darf das System in den Tiefschlaf versetzen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Authentifizierung immer benötigt" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Methode für die Verschlüsselung des P&assworts" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "Neue Passwörter ü&berprüfen" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "An&zahl der zu speichernden Passwörter" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "&Minimale Passwortlänge" # #-#-#-#-# security.de.po (security.de) #-#-#-#-# # Shortened because of #19756 #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "&Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts warnen" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Dateiberechtigungen" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Easy (Einfach)" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Sicher" #. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoid" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Benutzer, der updatedb starten soll" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Ma&ximum" #. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Minimum" +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:" +msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" +msgstr "&Verhalten des Anmeldungsmanagers KDM beim Herunterfahren:" + #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Vordefinierte Sicherheitskonfigurationen" @@ -1194,62 +1324,62 @@ msgstr "Initialisierung..." #. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Sicherheitskonfiguration speichern" #. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "inittab -Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "PAM-Einstellungen schreiben" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:669 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Systemeinstellungen aktualisieren" #. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:673 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:675 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "inittab-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:677 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "PAM-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:679 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Systemeinstellungen werden aktualisiert ..." #. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:681 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Aktueller Sicherheits-Level: benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:795 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Aktueller Sicherheits-Level: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/services-manager.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-30 21:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "%{service}, das derzeit %{status} ist, kann nicht %{change} werden. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "%{service} kann nicht %{change} werden. " Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/snapper.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-13 16:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -55,132 +55,132 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Benutzerdaten" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Bereinigungsalgorithmus" #. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Schnappschuss %{num} ändern" #. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Schnappschüsse %{pre} und %{post} ändern" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Vorher (%{pre})" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Nachher (%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Neuen Schnappschuss erstellen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Einzelner Schnappschuss" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Vorher" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Nachher, gepaart mit:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "Schnappschuss %{num} wirklich löschen?" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "Schnappschüsse %{pre} und %{post} wirklich löschen?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Schnappschüsse" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Einzel" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Vorher & Nachher" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Liste mit Schnappschüssen wird eingelesen ..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Enddatum" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Benutzerdaten" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Änderungen anzeigen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Ändern" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -189,132 +189,132 @@ "Die Anzeige von Unterschieden ist nicht möglich." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Übersicht der ausgewählten Schnappschüsse" # #-#-#-#-# packager.de.po (packager.de) #-#-#-#-# &A is taken #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Veränderte Dateien werden berechnet ..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Dateiänderungen werden berechnet ..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Neue Datei wurde erstellt." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Datei wurde entfernt." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Dateiinhalt wurde nicht geändert." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Datei ist im Schnappschuss nicht vorhanden." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Dateiinhalt wurde geändert." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Dateiattribute wurden von '%1' zu '%2' geändert." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Der Dateieigentümer wurde von '%1' to '%2' geändert." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Die Gruppenzugehörigkeit wurde von '%1' zu '%2' geändert." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Vom &ersten Schnappschuss wiederherstellen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Wiederherstellen" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Vom zwei&ten Schnappschuss wiederherstellen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Den Unterschied zwischen dem Schnappschuss und dem aktuellen System anzeigen" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Den Unterschied zwischen dem aktuellen System und dem Schnappschuss anzeigen:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Änderungen zwischen dem ersten und dem zweiten Schnappschuss anzeigen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Den Unterschied zwischen dem ersten Schnappschuss und dem aktuellen System anzeigen" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Den Unterschied zwischen dem zweiten Schnappschuss und dem aktuellen System anzeigen" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Zeitpunkt des Schnappschusses:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Zeitpunkt des ersten Schnappschusses:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Zeitpunkt des zweiten Schnappschusses:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "Ö&ffnen" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Auswahl wiederherstellen" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@ "aus dem Schnappschuss '%2' in das aktuellen System kopieren?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "Es wurde keine Datei zur Wiederherstellung ausgewählt" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Dateien wiederherstellen" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-31 17:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Stefan Schlesinger <translate75@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org >\n" @@ -113,8 +113,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionsaufbau &erstellen ..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -194,7 +193,13 @@ msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Es ist nicht genug Speicher verfügbar um ein separates /home/-Verzeichnis vorzuschlagen." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" +msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." +msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" + +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -986,7 +991,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen" @@ -1004,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "Vorschlagstyp" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1016,7 +1021,7 @@ "Weisen Sie den Root-Einhängepunkt \"/\" einer Partition zu.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1036,7 @@ "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1046,7 +1051,7 @@ "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1062,7 +1067,7 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" @@ -1077,7 +1082,7 @@ "Möchten Sie wirklich diese Einstellungen verwenden?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1098,7 +1103,7 @@ "Wirklich diese Einstellung verwenden?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1113,7 +1118,7 @@ "Wollen Sie diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1131,7 +1136,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1148,7 +1153,7 @@ "Möchten Sie wirklich diese Einstellung ohne /boot-Partition verwenden?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1168,11 +1173,17 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie wirklich diese Einstellungen benutzen?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" +#| "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" -"\n" +"%s\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Warnung: Einige Subvolumen des root-Dateisystems sind verdeckt von\n" @@ -1324,7 +1335,7 @@ "Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1344,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1342,7 +1353,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1351,7 +1362,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1360,7 +1371,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1368,12 +1379,12 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1383,7 +1394,7 @@ "Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1397,7 +1408,7 @@ "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1412,7 +1423,7 @@ "erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1427,7 +1438,7 @@ "bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1446,13 +1457,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Leeres Passwort erlaubt." @@ -1481,7 +1492,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "G&eben Sie ein Passwort für Ihr Dateisystem ein:" @@ -1492,7 +1503,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Bestätigen Sie das Passwort:" @@ -1515,7 +1526,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1526,7 +1537,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1894,7 +1905,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren" @@ -1909,7 +1920,7 @@ msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leere Subvolumennamen sind nicht erlaubt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1917,11 +1928,11 @@ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Subvolumenname %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren." @@ -1964,7 +1975,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1983,7 +1994,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2002,7 +2013,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2034,7 +2045,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2247,7 +2258,7 @@ "kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden." #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2271,12 +2282,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2286,12 +2297,12 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Aushängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2299,15 +2310,15 @@ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." @@ -2592,11 +2603,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" @@ -2627,9 +2636,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2651,8 +2659,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Bearbeiten..." @@ -2669,8 +2676,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2734,32 +2740,39 @@ msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Rolle des Gerätes.</p>" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format partition" +msgid "EFI Boot Partition" +msgstr "Partition formatieren" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Betriebssystem" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Daten and Programme unabhängiger Hersteller" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Swap" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Raw Volume (unformatierte Partition)" #. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2768,7 +2781,7 @@ "werden soll, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Dateisystemtyp aus.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2779,7 +2792,7 @@ "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2788,49 +2801,49 @@ "werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.).</p>" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formatierungssoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Partition formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Partition nicht formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Partition nicht einhängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Partition einhängen" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Einhängepunkt" # #-#-#-#-# storage.de.po (storage.de) #-#-#-#-# &O is taken for "&OK" # 2001-09-13 19:03:37 CEST -ke- #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen ..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-Dateien müssen verschlüsselt sein." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2843,17 +2856,17 @@ "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Crypt-Dateien benötigen einen Einhängepunkt." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs benötigt einen Einhängepunkt." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2868,7 +2881,7 @@ " </p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2883,21 +2896,21 @@ "(Suspend to Disk) verwendet werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle momentan auf dem Volume vorhandenen Daten werden gelöscht!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Eine Größenänderung wird vom darunterliegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2907,7 +2920,7 @@ "Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2916,7 +2929,7 @@ "geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2925,21 +2938,21 @@ "da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Größe der Partition %1 ändern" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des logischen Volumes %1 ändern" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Derzeitige Größe: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Derzeit benutzt: %1" @@ -2947,8 +2960,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2960,33 +2973,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximale Größe (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimale Größe (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Größe" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die neue Größe .</p>" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2996,7 +3009,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3009,12 +3022,12 @@ "enorm erhöhen würde." #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Ausgabe von %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Platten erneut einlesen ..." @@ -3206,50 +3219,50 @@ msgstr "Der eingegebene Bereich ist ungültig." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partition auf %1 hinzufügen" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partition %1 bearbeiten" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Kein Platz für die verschobene Partition %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Partition %1 vorverschieben?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Partition %1 zurückverschieben?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partition %1 verschieben?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vorwärts" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Rückwärts" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Löschung aller Partitionen bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3257,30 +3270,35 @@ "Die Platte \"%1\"' enthält wenigstens eine Partition.\n" "Wenn Sie weitermachen, werden die folgenden Partitionen gelöscht:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf %1 gelöscht werden?" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Keine Festplatte ausgewählt." #. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Neuen Partitionstabellentyp für %1 wählen." #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3289,29 +3307,29 @@ "auf %1 und alle RAID- und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen, löschen." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Es wurde keine Festplatte ausgewählt." #. popup text #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS-RAID %1 wirklich löschen?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Partitioniertes RAID %1 wirklich löschen?" #. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Auf dieser Festplatte finden sich keine zu löschenden Partitionen." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Sie können auf %1 keine Partition anlegen." @@ -3319,15 +3337,15 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Keine Partition ausgewählt." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3336,12 +3354,12 @@ "bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht bearbeitet werden." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3350,12 +3368,12 @@ "und kann nicht verschoben werden." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht verschoben werden." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3364,12 +3382,12 @@ "geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." #. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Die Größe einer erweiterten Partition kann nicht geändert werden." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3384,7 +3402,7 @@ "<p>Mit '*' markierte Platten enthalten bereits Partitionen.\n" "Diese werden durch das Klonen gelöscht.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3392,11 +3410,11 @@ "Folgende Partitionen werden gelöscht\n" "und alle darauf befindlichen Daten vernichtet:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Wollen Sie diese Partitionen wirklich löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3406,7 +3424,7 @@ "muss eine Platte wenigstens eine Partition haben.\n" "Legen Sie Partitionen an, bevor Sie die Platte klonen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3414,20 +3432,20 @@ "Diese Platte kann nicht geklont werden. Es gibt keine passenden\n" "Platten, die dieselbe Partitionierung aufnehmen könnten." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Partitionierung von %1 klonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Verfügbare Zielplatten:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Zielplatte zum Klonen." #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3436,7 +3454,7 @@ "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3480,8 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "Verschieben" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Größe ändern" @@ -3580,8 +3597,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3703,11 +3719,11 @@ msgstr "Falsches Passwort eingegeben." #. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Löschung der LVM-Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3717,15 +3733,15 @@ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" "und deren logischen Einheiten gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und Volume-Gruppe \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Löschen der RAID-Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3735,24 +3751,24 @@ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten,\n" "wird das folgende RAID-Gerät gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und RAID \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf %1 gelöscht werden?" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 wirklich löschen?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3762,7 +3778,7 @@ #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Nicht partitioniert" @@ -3770,31 +3786,31 @@ #. or the end of the disk if #. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one #. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Nicht zugewiesen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an der Partitionierung</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Änderungen an der Partitionierung</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an den Speicher-Einstellungen.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Speicher-Einstellungen</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Pakete zum Installieren:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es müssen keine Pakete installiert werden.</p>" @@ -3914,12 +3930,12 @@ "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Crypt-Datei hinzufügen" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Crypt-Datei %1 bearbeiten" @@ -4248,12 +4264,12 @@ msgstr "Benutzter Pool" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume auf %1 hinzufügen" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 bearbeiten" @@ -4291,9 +4307,9 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Kein logisches Volume ausgewählt." @@ -4303,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr "Kein freier Speicher in der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" übrig." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4312,7 +4328,7 @@ "Es kann nicht bearbeitet werden." #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4702,17 +4718,17 @@ msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die für RAID verwendet werden.</p>" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 hinzufügen" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Größe von RAID %1 ändern" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 bearbeiten" @@ -5007,7 +5023,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt die Zusammenfassung der Installation.</p>" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Tmpfs-Einhängepunkt hinzufügen" @@ -5889,19 +5905,63 @@ "wissen, was Sie tun.</p>\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 -msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Die Operation ist auf der Festplatte %1 nicht erlaubt.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %1 kann entweder nicht vom Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +" parted gelesen werden, das für Änderungen der Partitionstabelle\n" +" verwendet wird, oder sie wird von diesem Werkzeug nicht unterstützt.\n" +" \n" +" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %1 im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" +" keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" +" ihre Größe ändern.\n" + +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" +#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +#| "partition table.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" "partition table.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5915,15 +5975,25 @@ " keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" " ihre Größe ändern.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" +#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" +#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgid "" "\n" -"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" "\n" -"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5937,7 +6007,7 @@ "die Größe ändern oder die Partition von der Festplatte entfernen.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5952,7 +6022,7 @@ "erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5970,7 +6040,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Die Größe kann nicht verändert werden:" @@ -5983,7 +6053,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5996,7 +6066,7 @@ "Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6007,7 +6077,7 @@ "Bitte erneut versuchen." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6019,24 +6089,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "V&erschlüsselungspasswort eingeben:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Passwort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Folgende verschlüsselte Volumes sind bereits verfügbar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivierung verschlüsselter Volumes" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6048,12 +6118,12 @@ "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" "Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM Volume enthalten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wollen Sie Verschlüsselungspasswörter angeben?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6064,69 +6134,69 @@ "Jedes Passwort wird mit allen Geräten probiert." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Verschlüsselungspasswort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Es gibt keine verschlüsselten Volumen die geöffnet werden könnten." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Bitte geben Sie das Passwort für eines der folgenden Geräte an:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Bitte geben Sie das Passwort für folgendes Gerät an:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Versuche verschlüsselte Volumes zu öffnen..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Das Passwort konnte keines der Volumes öffnen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Die Installation der benötigten Pakete schlug fehl." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "Partitionen können nicht angelegt werden, da andere Partitionen auf Platte in Benutzung sind." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6136,7 +6206,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Auslagerungsbereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6146,7 +6216,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6156,7 +6226,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Auslagerungsbereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6166,7 +6236,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6178,7 +6248,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6190,7 +6260,7 @@ "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6201,18 +6271,18 @@ "auf Platte %2 in Benutzung sind.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte fehlgeschlagen: %1" @@ -6864,52 +6934,41 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 -msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" -msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" - -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194 -msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" -msgstr "&Volume-Gruppe verschlüsseln" - #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für die root-Partition" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für die Home-Partition" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Vorschlageinstellungen" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" -"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" -"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" +"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" -"Der LVM-basierte Vorschlag kann verschlüsselt werden.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6922,7 +6981,7 @@ "der root-Partition.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6931,7 +6990,7 @@ "die home-Partition kann mit der entsprechenden Combo-Box ausgewählt werden.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6939,22 +6998,41 @@ "<p>Die swap-Partition kann groß genug gemacht werden, um in den meisten Fällen\n" "für den \"Tiefschlaf\" (suspend to disk) benutzbar zu sein.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für die vorgeschlagene Verschlüsselung ein." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passwort:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort zur Verifizierung erneut ein." +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Partition Based" +msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" +msgstr "&Partitionsbasierend" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" + +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" +msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" +msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. #. @@ -6998,6 +7076,16 @@ msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte" +#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" +#~ msgstr "&Volume-Gruppe verschlüsseln" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" +#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Zur Erstellung eines LVM-basierten Vorschlags klicken Sie auf die entsprechende Schaltfläche.\n" +#~ "Der LVM-basierte Vorschlag kann verschlüsselt werden.</p>\n" + #~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist." #~ msgstr "Keine ungespeicherten Änderungen vorhanden." @@ -10849,9 +10937,6 @@ #~ msgid "Default Filesystem:" #~ msgstr "Standard-Dateisystem" -#~ msgid "&Partition Based" -#~ msgstr "&Partitionsbasierend" - #~ msgid "&LVM Based" #~ msgstr "&LVM-basiert" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/update.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-10 16:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Kriesch <ada.lovelace@gmx.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n" @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "Keine dieser Dateien ist vorhanden:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -892,13 +892,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ "Diese für die Installation erforderlichen Schemata können nicht ausgewählt werden:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/users.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/users.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.de\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-11 10:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Skiba <trans@michael-skiba.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -142,642 +142,6 @@ msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "Fehlende Daten nicht anfordern, sondern Fehler zurückgeben." -#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137 -msgid "User Authentication Method" -msgstr "Methode zur Benutzer-Authentifizierung" - -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" -"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Authentifizierung</b><br>\n" -"Wählen Sie die für die Benutzer Ihres Systems zu verwendende Authentifizierungsmethode aus.\n" -"</p>" - -#. helptext 2/3 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Lokal</b>, wenn Sie Benutzerauthentifizierung nur durch Verwendung der lokalen Dateien <i>/etc/passwd</i> und <i>/etc/shadow</i> durchführen möchten.</p>" - -#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "Wenn Sie über eine vorherige Installation oder ein alternatives System verfügen, besteht die Möglichkeit, Benutzer auf der Grundlage dieser Quelle zu erstellen. Wählen Sie hierzu die Option <b>Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation ablesen</b> aus. Für jeden an der angegebenen Stelle vorgefundenen Benutzer wird das vorhandene Stammverzeichnis benutzt oder ein neues angelegt." - -#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 -msgid "&LDAP" -msgstr "&LDAP" - -#. radiobutton to select nis user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143 -msgid "N&IS" -msgstr "N&IS" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#. menubutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 -msgid "&Samba" -msgstr "&Samba" - -#. radiobutton to select samba user auth. -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147 -msgid "&Windows Domain" -msgstr "&Windows-Domäne" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. radiobutton label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85 -msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" -msgstr "&Lokal (/etc/passwd)" - -#. radiobutton to select local user auth. -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48 -msgid "eDirectory LDAP" -msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen NIS- oder LDAP-Server verwenden oder\n" -"Benutzer bei einem NT-Server authentifizieren möchten, wählen Sie den entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann\n" -"auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen NIS- oder LDAP-Server verwenden, wählen Sie den\n" -"entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" -"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen LDAP-Server verwenden oder\n" -"Benutzer bei einem NT-Server\n" -"authentifizieren möchten, wählen Sie den entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann\n" -"auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" - -#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 -msgid "" -"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen LDAP-Server verwenden, wählen Sie den\n" -"entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" - -#. helptext: additional kerberos support -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Kerberos-Authentifizierung einrichten</b>, um Kerberos nach der Konfiguration der Benutzerdatenquelle zu konfigurieren.</p>" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102 -msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" -msgstr "&Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation ablesen" - -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107 -msgid "&Choose" -msgstr "Wäh&len" - -#. frame title for authentication methods -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136 -msgid "Authentication Method" -msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode" - -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303 -msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" -msgstr "&Kerberos-Authentifizierung einrichten" - -#. selection box label -#. selection box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507 -msgid "&Select Users to Read" -msgstr "&Benutzer zum Lesen auswählen" - -#. check box label -#. check box label -#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515 -msgid "Select or Deselect &All" -msgstr "&Alle auswählen oder deaktivieren" - -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57 -msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" -msgstr "Passwort für den Systemadministrator \"root\"" - -#. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben." - -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "&Passwort für den Benutzer 'root'" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "Passwort bestäti&gen" - -# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# -# FIXME: after 7.0: Tastaturbelegung -# 2000-07-04 12:57:29 CEST -ke- -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung testen" - -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119 -msgid "E&xpert Options..." -msgstr "Optionen für E&xperten..." - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Im Gegensatz zu normalen Benutzern im System, die Texte verfassen, Grafiken\n" -"erstellen oder im Internet surfen, ist der Benutzer \"root\" auf\n" -"sämtlichen Systemen vorhanden und wird immer dann verwendet, wenn\n" -"Verwaltungsaufgaben ausgeführt werden müssen. Melden Sie sich nur als 'root' an,\n" -"wenn Sie als Systemadministrator agieren müssen.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#. help text, continued 2/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Da der Administrator mit sehr weitreichenden Rechten ausgestattet ist, ist\n" -"das Passwort für den Benutzer \"root\" sorgfältig zu wählen. Eine Kombination\n" -"aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen, dass das\n" -"Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es in einem zweiten Feld zeichengenau\n" -"wiederholt werden.\n" -"</p>\n" - -# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# root dialog comes first; thus don't refer to user -# #15203 2002-03-20 09:08:41 CET -ke- -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#. help text, continued 3/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Alle Regeln für Benutzerpasswörter gelten für das \"root\"-Passwort:\n" -"Unterscheiden Sie zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Ein Passwort sollte\n" -"mindestens 5 Zeichen lang sein und grundsätzlich keine Buchstaben mit Akzent oder Umlaute enthalten.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#. help text, continued 5/5 -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Vergessen Sie dieses Passwort für \"root\" nicht.\n" -"</p>" - -#. additional help text about password -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145 -msgid "" -"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, dieses Passwort zum Erstellen von Zertifikaten zu verwenden,\n" -"muss es mindestens %1 Zeichen umfassen.</p>" - -#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Um zu testen, ob Ihre aktuelle Tastaturbelegung korrekt ist, können Sie versuchen,Text in das Feld <b>Tastaturbelegung testen</b> einzugeben.</p>" - -#. report misspellings of the password -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -msgid "" -"The passwords do not match.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Die Passwörter stimmen nicht überein.\n" -"Versuchen Sie es erneut." - -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. report if user forgot to enter a password -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" -"Kein Passwort eingegeben.\n" -"Versuchen Sie es erneut." - -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224 -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %1 characters." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, Zertifikate zu erstellen,\n" -"sollte das Passwort mindestens %1 Zeichen aufweisen." - -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -msgid "Really use this password?" -msgstr "Dieses Passwort wirklich verwenden?" - -#. Error msg (yes/no) -#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301 -msgid "" -"The root password could not be set.\n" -"You might not be able to log in.\n" -"Try setting it again?\n" -msgstr "" -"Das Passwort für 'root' konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" -"Möglicherweise können Sie sich nicht anmelden.\n" -"Erneut versuchen?\n" - -#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 -msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "Initialisierung des Moduls zur Konfiguration der Authentifizierung..." - -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "" -"Package %1 is not installed.\n" -"Install it now?\n" -msgstr "" -"Das Paket %1 ist nicht installiert.\n" -"Wollen Sie es nun installieren?\n" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -msgid "DES" -msgstr "DES" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 -msgid "MD5" -msgstr "MD5" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57 -msgid "SHA-256" -msgstr "SHA-256" - -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59 -msgid "SHA-512" -msgstr "SHA-512" - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143 -msgid "Password Encryption Type" -msgstr "Passwortverschlüsselungstyp" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 -msgid "&DES" -msgstr "&DES" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 -msgid "&MD5" -msgstr "&MD5" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 -msgid "SHA-&256" -msgstr "SHA-&256" - -#. Radio button label: password encryption type -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 -msgid "SHA-&512" -msgstr "SHA-&512" - -# SLE12 -#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Authentifizierung</b><br></p>" - -# SLE12 -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 -#, fuzzy -msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie eine Passwortverschlüsselungsmethode für lokale Benutzer und für Systembenutzer aus.</p>" - -#. Help text for password expert dialog -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> ist die aktuelle Standard-Hash-Methode. Es wird nicht empfohlen andere Algorithmen zu verwenden, es sei denn es ist aus Kompatibilitätsgründen erforderlich.</p>" - -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -msgid "User's &Full Name" -msgstr "&Vollständiger Name des Benutzers" - -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "&Username" -msgstr "&Benutzername" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" -msgstr "Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator v&erwenden" - -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 -msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" -msgstr "S&ystemmail empfangen" - -#. checkbox label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261 -msgid "&Automatic Login" -msgstr "&Automatische Anmeldung" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283 -msgid "Create New User" -msgstr "Neuen Benutzer erstellen" - -# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# -# FIXME: beim nächsten Mal konsequent auf "Benutzername" ändern! -#. yes-no popup headline -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 -msgid "Empty User Login" -msgstr "Fehlender Eintrag für Benutzername" - -#. yes-no popup contents -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" -"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" -"Leave it empty?" -msgstr "" -"Keinen Benutzernamen anzugeben ist nur in einer\n" -"Netzwerkumgebung mit einem Authentifizierungsserver sinnvoll.\n" -"Keine Angabe machen?" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" -"assign to this user account.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Geben Sie den <b>vollständigen Namen des Benutzers</b>, den <b>Benutzernamen</b> und das <b>Passwort</b> ein, die diesem Benutzerkonto zugewiesen werden sollen.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Unterscheiden Sie bei der Eingabe eines Passworts zwischen Groß- und\n" -"Kleinschreibung. Passwörter sollten keine Zeichen mit Akzent oder Umlaute enthalten.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" -" %2 and %3 characters.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Bei der derzeitigen Passwortverschlüssselung (%1) sollte das Passwort zwischen\n" -" %2 und %3 Zeichen enthalten.\n" -"</p>" - -# SLE12 -#. additional help text about password -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Zertifikate mit diesem Passwort erstellt werden sollen,\n" -"muss das Passwort mindestens %s Zeichen lang sein.</p>" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Um sicherzustellen, dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es in \n" -"einem zweiten Feld zeichengenau wiederholt werden.\n" -"Merken Sie sich das Passwort gut.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" -"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Verwenden Sie für den <b>Benutzernamen</b> nur Buchstaben (keine Zeichen mit Akzent), Ziffern und <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Verwenden Sie keine Großbuchstaben in diesem Eintrag, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, was sie tun.\n" -"Benutzernamen unterliegen strengeren Beschränkungen als Passwörter. Sie können die\n" -"Beschränkungen in der /etc/login.defs-Datei neu definieren. Lesen Sie deren Manpage, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.\n" -"</p>\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482 -msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator verwenden</b>, wenn das für den ersten Benutzer eingegebene Passwort auch für den Root-Benutzer verwendet werden soll.</p>" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Der hier erstellte Benutzername und das Passwort sind für die Anmeldung und das Arbeiten im Linux-System erforderlich. Wenn die Option <b>Automatische Anmeldung</b> aktiviert ist, wird der Anmeldevorgang übersprungen. Der Benutzer wird dann automatisch angemeldet.</p>\n" - -#. help text for main add user dialog -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Wenn E-Mails für 'root' an diesen Benutzer weitergeleitet werden sollen, aktivieren Sie <b>Empfang von System-E-Mails</b>.</p>\n" - -#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well -#. as password encryption (see fate 302980) -#. @return true if user accepted expert settings -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573 -msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten" - -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625 -msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." -msgstr "Die Authentifizierungsmethode ist lokal /etc/passwd." - -# SLE12 -#. summary label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The password encryption method is %s." -msgstr "Die Passwortverschlüsselungsmethode ist %s." - -# SLE12 -#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User %s will be imported." -msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." -msgstr[0] "Der Benutzer %s wird importiert." -msgstr[1] "Die Benutzer %s werden importiert." - -#. pushbutton label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650 -msgid "&Change..." -msgstr "Ä&ndern ..." - -#. frame label -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657 -msgid "Summary" -msgstr "Zusammenfassung" - -# SLE12 -#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number -#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you intend to create certificates,\n" -"the password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Zertifikate erstellt werden sollen,\n" -"muss das Passwort mindestens %s Zeichen lang sein." - #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" @@ -899,11 +263,6 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Neue Kennung des Benutzers (UID)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63 -msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." -msgstr "Benutzerkonfiguration wird geschrieben ..." - #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -1161,93 +520,6 @@ msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunden" -#. authentication type -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 -msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "LDAP" - -#. authentication type -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 -msgid "NIS" -msgstr "NIS" - -#. authentication type -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46 -msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" -msgstr "Samba (Windows-Domäne)" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" -msgstr "<%1>Root-Passwort<%2> festgelegt" - -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74 -msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" -msgstr "<%1>Root-Passwort<%2> nicht festgelegt" - -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81 -msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" -msgstr "Kein <%1>Benutzer<%2> konfiguriert" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" -msgstr "<%1>Authentifizierungsmethode<%2>: %3" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. % is LDAP/NIS etc. -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." -msgstr "<%1>Authentifizierungsmethode<%2>: %3 und Kerberos." - -#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated) -#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" -msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 ausgewählt für Import" - -#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." -msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 wird importiert." - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" -msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 konfiguriert" - -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" -msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 (%4) konfiguriert" - -#. summary line -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156 -msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" -msgstr "Verschlüsselungsmethode für das Passwort: %1" - -#. rich text label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173 -msgid "&User" -msgstr "&Benutzer" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "&Root Password" -msgstr "&Root-Passwort" - #. password entering label #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" @@ -1411,6 +683,24 @@ "der Verschlüsselungseinstellungen für diesen Benutzer zu erhalten,\n" " geben Sie das aktuelle Passwort des Benutzers ein." +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Die Passwörter stimmen nicht überein.\n" +"Versuchen Sie es erneut." + #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -1441,6 +731,13 @@ msgstr "&Eigentümer des Verzeichnisses ändern" #. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +msgid "User's &Full Name" +msgstr "&Vollständiger Name des Benutzers" + +#. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "&Vorname" @@ -1455,11 +752,30 @@ msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "Für entfernte Benutzer können nur zusätzliche Gruppenmitgliedschaften geändert werden." +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Benutzername" + #. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" +msgstr "S&ystemmail empfangen" + +#. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "A&utomatische Anmeldung" +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" +msgstr "Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator v&erwenden" + # #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# # FIXME: beim nächsten Mal konsequent auf "Benutzername" ändern! #. check box label @@ -1631,6 +947,35 @@ msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "Plu&g-Ins" +# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# +# FIXME: beim nächsten Mal konsequent auf "Benutzername" ändern! +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +msgid "Empty User Login" +msgstr "Fehlender Eintrag für Benutzername" + +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"Keinen Benutzernamen anzugeben ist nur in einer\n" +"Netzwerkumgebung mit einem Authentifizierungsserver sinnvoll.\n" +"Keine Angabe machen?" + +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +msgid "Really use this password?" +msgstr "Dieses Passwort wirklich verwenden?" + #. popup question #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" @@ -1724,6 +1069,20 @@ msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "&Daten für Gruppe" +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +msgid "DES" +msgstr "DES" + +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +msgid "MD5" +msgstr "MD5" + #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" @@ -1737,6 +1096,33 @@ "Kleinschrift. Passwörter sollten keine akzentuierten Zeichen oder Umlaute enthalten. \n" "</p>\n" +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Bei der derzeitigen Passwortverschlüssselung (%1) sollte das Passwort zwischen\n" +" %2 und %3 Zeichen enthalten.\n" +"</p>" + +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Um sicherzustellen, dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es in \n" +"einem zweiten Feld zeichengenau wiederholt werden.\n" +"Merken Sie sich das Passwort gut.\n" +"</p>\n" + #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1904,6 +1290,18 @@ "<b>Passwort</b>ein, die diesem Benutzer zugewiesen werden sollen.\n" "</p>\n" +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Geben Sie den <b>vollständigen Namen des Benutzers</b>, den <b>Benutzernamen</b> und das <b>Passwort</b> ein, die diesem Benutzerkonto zugewiesen werden sollen.\n" +"</p>\n" + #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" @@ -1944,6 +1342,25 @@ "in der Datei /etc/login.defs neu definiert werden. Informationen finden Sie auf der zugehörigen Hilfeseite (man-page).\n" "</p>\n" +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Der hier erstellte Benutzername und das Passwort sind für die Anmeldung und das Arbeiten im Linux-System erforderlich. Wenn die Option <b>Automatische Anmeldung</b> aktiviert ist, wird der Anmeldevorgang übersprungen. Der Benutzer wird dann automatisch angemeldet.</p>\n" + +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Wenn E-Mails für 'root' an diesen Benutzer weitergeleitet werden sollen, aktivieren Sie <b>Empfang von System-E-Mails</b>.</p>\n" + #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" @@ -2706,7 +2123,8 @@ msgstr "Systembenutzer" #. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#. New user is the default option +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale Benutzer" @@ -2782,6 +2200,11 @@ msgstr "Samba-Gruppen" #. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +msgid "NIS" +msgstr "NIS" + +#. richtext label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" @@ -2801,6 +2224,11 @@ msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "&SSSD" +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +msgid "&Samba" +msgstr "&Samba" + #. tab header #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" @@ -2930,6 +2358,11 @@ "Netzwerkprotokolle unterstützen MD5 jedoch nicht und es kann zu Problemen mit NIS kommen.\n" "</p>" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> ist die aktuelle Standard-Hash-Methode. Es wird nicht empfohlen andere Algorithmen zu verwenden, es sei denn es ist aus Kompatibilitätsgründen erforderlich.</p>" + #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" @@ -2940,6 +2373,26 @@ msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "Art der Verschlüsselung" +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +msgid "&DES" +msgstr "&DES" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +msgid "&MD5" +msgstr "&MD5" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +msgid "SHA-&256" +msgstr "SHA-&256" + +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +msgid "SHA-&512" +msgstr "SHA-&512" + #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" @@ -3237,6 +2690,12 @@ #. type of user/group #. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +msgid "LDAP" +msgstr "LDAP" + +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "System" @@ -3577,6 +3036,15 @@ msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "Paket %1 ist nicht für die Installation verfügbar." +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"Das Paket %1 ist nicht installiert.\n" +"Wollen Sie es nun installieren?\n" + #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" @@ -3594,6 +3062,433 @@ msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." +# SLE12 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Zertifikate erstellt werden sollen,\n" +"muss das Passwort mindestens %s Zeichen lang sein." + +# SLE12 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Wenn Zertifikate mit diesem Passwort erstellt werden sollen,\n" +"muss das Passwort mindestens %s Zeichen lang sein.</p>" + +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." +msgstr "Benutzerkonfiguration wird geschrieben ..." + +# SLE12 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie eine Passwortverschlüsselungsmethode für lokale Benutzer und für Systembenutzer aus.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> ist die aktuelle Standard-Hash-Methode. Es wird nicht empfohlen andere Algorithmen zu verwenden, es sei denn es ist aus Kompatibilitätsgründen erforderlich.</p>" + +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgstr "Passwortverschlüsselungstyp" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben." + +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "&Passwort für den Benutzer 'root'" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "Passwort bestäti&gen" + +# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# +# FIXME: after 7.0: Tastaturbelegung +# 2000-07-04 12:57:29 CEST -ke- +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung testen" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Im Gegensatz zu normalen Benutzern im System, die Texte verfassen, Grafiken\n" +"erstellen oder im Internet surfen, ist der Benutzer \"root\" auf\n" +"sämtlichen Systemen vorhanden und wird immer dann verwendet, wenn\n" +"Verwaltungsaufgaben ausgeführt werden müssen. Melden Sie sich nur als 'root' an,\n" +"wenn Sie als Systemadministrator agieren müssen.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Da der Administrator mit sehr weitreichenden Rechten ausgestattet ist, ist\n" +"das Passwort für den Benutzer \"root\" sorgfältig zu wählen. Eine Kombination\n" +"aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen, dass das\n" +"Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, muss es in einem zweiten Feld zeichengenau\n" +"wiederholt werden.\n" +"</p>\n" + +# #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# root dialog comes first; thus don't refer to user +# #15203 2002-03-20 09:08:41 CET -ke- +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Alle Regeln für Benutzerpasswörter gelten für das \"root\"-Passwort:\n" +"Unterscheiden Sie zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Ein Passwort sollte\n" +"mindestens 5 Zeichen lang sein und grundsätzlich keine Buchstaben mit Akzent oder Umlaute enthalten.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Vergessen Sie dieses Passwort für \"root\" nicht.\n" +"</p>" + +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "Passwort für den Systemadministrator \"root\"" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"Kein Passwort eingegeben.\n" +"Versuchen Sie es erneut." + +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie <b>Lokal</b>, wenn Sie Benutzerauthentifizierung nur durch Verwendung der lokalen Dateien <i>/etc/passwd</i> und <i>/etc/shadow</i> durchführen möchten.</p>" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "Create new user" +msgstr "Neuen Benutzer erstellen" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Unterscheiden Sie bei der Eingabe eines Passworts zwischen Groß- und\n" +"Kleinschreibung. Passwörter sollten keine Zeichen mit Akzent oder Umlaute enthalten.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n" +#| "</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Bei der derzeitigen Passwortverschlüssselung (%1) sollte das Passwort zwischen\n" +" %2 und %3 Zeichen enthalten.\n" +"</p>" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>\n" +"Verwenden Sie für den <b>Benutzernamen</b> nur Buchstaben (keine Zeichen mit Akzent), Ziffern und <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Verwenden Sie keine Großbuchstaben in diesem Eintrag, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, was sie tun.\n" +"Benutzernamen unterliegen strengeren Beschränkungen als Passwörter. Sie können die\n" +"Beschränkungen in der /etc/login.defs-Datei neu definieren. Lesen Sie deren Manpage, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.\n" +"</p>\n" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Dieses Passwort für den Systemadministrator verwenden</b>, wenn das für den ersten Benutzer eingegebene Passwort auch für den Root-Benutzer verwendet werden soll.</p>" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "&Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation ablesen" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +msgid "Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Users" +msgid "Local User" +msgstr "Lokale Benutzer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New User" +msgid "&Create New User" +msgstr "Neuen Benutzer erstellen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" +msgstr "&Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation ablesen" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Users" +msgid "Choose Users" +msgstr "Systembenutzer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +msgid "&Skip User Creation" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +msgid "&Automatic Login" +msgstr "&Automatische Anmeldung" + +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No user was specified." +msgid "No users selected" +msgstr "Kein Benutzer angegeben" + +# SLE12 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#, fuzzy +msgid "%d user will be imported" +msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" +msgstr[0] "Der Benutzer %s wird importiert." +msgstr[1] "Die Benutzer %s werden importiert." + +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +msgid "&Select Users to Read" +msgstr "&Benutzer zum Lesen auswählen" + +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgstr "&Alle auswählen oder deaktivieren" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +msgid "SHA-256" +msgstr "SHA-256" + +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +msgid "SHA-512" +msgstr "SHA-512" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Verschlüsselungsmethode für das Passwort: %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Type" +msgid "Password &Encryption Type" +msgstr "Passwortverschlüsselungstyp" + +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +msgid "User Settings" +msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Benutzer" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +msgid "&Root Password" +msgstr "&Root-Passwort" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" +msgstr "<%1>Root-Passwort<%2> festgelegt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" +msgstr "<%1>Root-Passwort<%2> nicht festgelegt" + +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" +msgstr "Kein <%1>Benutzer<%2> konfiguriert" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported." +msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" +msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" +msgstr[0] "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 wird importiert." +msgstr[1] "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 wird importiert." + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" +msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 konfiguriert" + +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" +msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 (%4) konfiguriert" + +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1" +msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" +msgstr "Verschlüsselungsmethode für das Passwort: %1" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -4055,7 +3950,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:740 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4074,185 +3969,185 @@ "nicht zugegriffen werden kann. Mit Benutzerkonfiguration fortfahren?" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:988 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Mehrere Benutzer erfüllen die Eingabe-Bedingungen." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird initialisiert" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen lesen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Standard-Systemeinstellungen lesen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Konfigurationstyp einlesen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen einlesen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Benutzer und -Gruppen einlesen" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Cache-Struktur erstellen" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen werden gelesen..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Standard-Systemeinstellungen werden gelesen..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Konfigurationstyp wird eingelesen..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen werden gelesen..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Benutzer und -Gruppen werden eingelesen..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Cache-Strukturen werden erstellt ..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "Benutzer ist nicht vorhanden." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "Gruppe ist nicht vorhanden." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird geschrieben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "LDAP-Benutzer und -Gruppen schreiben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Gruppen schreiben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Suche nach gelöschten Benutzern" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Benutzer schreiben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Passwörter schreiben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen schreiben" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen schreiben" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "LDAP-Benutzer und -Gruppen werden geschrieben..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Gruppen werden geschrieben..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Überprüfung gelöschter Benutzer..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Benutzer werden geschrieben..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Passwörter werden geschrieben..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Standard-Login-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "Datei %s wurde nicht vorschriftsmäßig gelesen und wird deshalb nicht geschrieben." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Beim Entfernen von Benutzern ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "Datei %s wurde nicht vorschriftsmäßig gelesen und wird deshalb nicht geschrieben." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4261,17 +4156,17 @@ "Verschlüsselungsunterstützung ist nicht installiert, die persönlichen Benutzerverzeichnisse (/home) werden NICHT verschlüsselt." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Beim Festlegen der Weiterleitung für die Email von 'root' ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "Für diese Art von Benutzer ist keine Benutzerkennung (UID) verfügbar." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4281,7 +4176,7 @@ "Wählen Sie eine gültige Ganzzahl zwischen %i und %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4290,7 +4185,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie trotzdem verwenden?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4303,7 +4198,7 @@ "Wollen Sie sie wirklich verwenden?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4315,7 +4210,7 @@ "Möchten Sie den Benutzertyp wirklich auf 'local' einstellen?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4326,7 +4221,7 @@ "da die Kennung kleiner als %i ist.\n" "Möchten Sie den Benutzertyp wirklich auf 'system' einstellen?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4335,7 +4230,7 @@ "Der existierende Benutzername gehört evt. einem NIS oder LDAP Benutzer.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4346,7 +4241,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es mit einem anderen Benutzernamen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4355,7 +4250,7 @@ "Doppelpunkt (:) enthalten. Bitte erneut versuchen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4366,7 +4261,7 @@ "Entfernen Sie den Überschuss." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4377,7 +4272,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4389,7 +4284,7 @@ # #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4400,7 +4295,7 @@ # #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4411,7 +4306,7 @@ "Möchten Sie diesen Pfad wirklich verwenden?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4421,7 +4316,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4433,7 +4328,7 @@ "Dieses Verzeichnis verwenden?\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4447,7 +4342,7 @@ "Wollen Sie dieses Verzeichnis verwenden?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4456,12 +4351,12 @@ "Diese Shell verwenden?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "Für diese Art von Gruppe ist keine GID verfügbar." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4471,7 +4366,7 @@ "Wählen Sie eine gültige Ganzzahl zwischen %i und %i ." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4480,7 +4375,7 @@ "Möchten Sie sie trotzdem verwenden?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4493,7 +4388,7 @@ "Wollen Sie sie wirklich verwenden?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4505,7 +4400,7 @@ "Möchten Sie den Gruppentyp wirklich auf 'local' einstellen?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4519,7 +4414,7 @@ # #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# # loginname -> "Benutzername". #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4530,7 +4425,7 @@ # #-#-#-#-# users.de.po (users.de) #-#-#-#-# # login -> Benutzername #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4540,7 +4435,7 @@ "Bitte wiederholen Sie die Eingabe." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4553,7 +4448,7 @@ "Bitte erneut versuchen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4563,13 +4458,13 @@ "Gruppennamen und einem vorhandenen Gruppennamen\n" "Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Gruppennamen." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "Benutzer %s ist nicht vorhanden." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4580,7 +4475,7 @@ "als Standardgruppe verwendet wird." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4591,22 +4486,22 @@ "Löschen Sie erst diese Benutzer aus der Gruppe." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Benutzer</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Gruppen</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Anmelde-Einstellungen</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Anwender %1 für automatische Anmeldung konfiguriert" @@ -4627,22 +4522,22 @@ # SLE12 #. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos-Konfiguration" #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "Keine Kerberosverwaltung für Gruppen." #. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "Kerberosrichtlinien verwalten" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "kadmin.local kann nicht ausgeführt werden." @@ -4775,7 +4670,7 @@ #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4786,7 +4681,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" @@ -4801,7 +4696,7 @@ "</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4812,37 +4707,37 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "Sie haben den Gruppennamen als Teil des Passworts verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "Sie haben den Benutzernamen als Teil des Passworts verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "Sie haben für das Passwort lediglich Kleinbuchstaben verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "Sie haben für das Passwort lediglich Großbuchstaben verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "Sie haben für das Passwort ein Palindrom verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "Sie haben für das Passwort nur Ziffern verwendet." #. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4852,7 +4747,7 @@ "Es wird auf %s Zeichen gekürzt." #. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4862,13 +4757,13 @@ "%s." #. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "Das Passwort sollte mindestens %i Zeichen enthalten." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4877,7 +4772,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4887,7 +4782,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4900,7 +4795,7 @@ "Versuchen Sie es erneut." #. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -4910,15 +4805,13 @@ "Benutzername und einem vorhandenen Benutzernamen.\n" "Wählen Sie einen anderen Benutzernamen." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "Erweiterung %1 wird abgerufen ..." -#. busy popup message, %1 is package name #. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308 +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "Erweiterung %1 wird freigegeben ..." @@ -4987,6 +4880,149 @@ msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "Mehrere Benutzer erfüllen die Eingabe-Bedingungen." +#~ msgid "User Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Methode zur Benutzer-Authentifizierung" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n" +#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n" +#~ "</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "<b>Authentifizierung</b><br>\n" +#~ "Wählen Sie die für die Benutzer Ihres Systems zu verwendende Authentifizierungsmethode aus.\n" +#~ "</p>" + +#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +#~ msgstr "Wenn Sie über eine vorherige Installation oder ein alternatives System verfügen, besteht die Möglichkeit, Benutzer auf der Grundlage dieser Quelle zu erstellen. Wählen Sie hierzu die Option <b>Benutzerdaten aus einer vorherigen Installation ablesen</b> aus. Für jeden an der angegebenen Stelle vorgefundenen Benutzer wird das vorhandene Stammverzeichnis benutzt oder ein neues angelegt." + +#~ msgid "&LDAP" +#~ msgstr "&LDAP" + +#~ msgid "N&IS" +#~ msgstr "N&IS" + +#~ msgid "&Windows Domain" +#~ msgstr "&Windows-Domäne" + +#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)" +#~ msgstr "&Lokal (/etc/passwd)" + +#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP" +#~ msgstr "eDirectory LDAP" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen NIS- oder LDAP-Server verwenden oder\n" +#~ "Benutzer bei einem NT-Server authentifizieren möchten, wählen Sie den entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann\n" +#~ "auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen NIS- oder LDAP-Server verwenden, wählen Sie den\n" +#~ "entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen LDAP-Server verwenden oder\n" +#~ "Benutzer bei einem NT-Server\n" +#~ "authentifizieren möchten, wählen Sie den entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann\n" +#~ "auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" +#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wenn Sie zum Speichern von Benutzerdaten einen LDAP-Server verwenden, wählen Sie den\n" +#~ "entsprechenden Wert aus. Klicken Sie dann auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit der Konfiguration Ihres Client fortzufahren.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie die Option <b>Kerberos-Authentifizierung einrichten</b>, um Kerberos nach der Konfiguration der Benutzerdatenquelle zu konfigurieren.</p>" + +#~ msgid "&Choose" +#~ msgstr "Wäh&len" + +#~ msgid "Authentication Method" +#~ msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode" + +#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication" +#~ msgstr "&Kerberos-Authentifizierung einrichten" + +#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..." +#~ msgstr "Optionen für E&xperten..." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p>Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, dieses Passwort zum Erstellen von Zertifikaten zu verwenden,\n" +#~ "muss es mindestens %1 Zeichen umfassen.</p>" + +#~ msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Um zu testen, ob Ihre aktuelle Tastaturbelegung korrekt ist, können Sie versuchen,Text in das Feld <b>Tastaturbelegung testen</b> einzugeben.</p>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" +#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, Zertifikate zu erstellen,\n" +#~ "sollte das Passwort mindestens %1 Zeichen aufweisen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The root password could not be set.\n" +#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n" +#~ "Try setting it again?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Das Passwort für 'root' konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" +#~ "Möglicherweise können Sie sich nicht anmelden.\n" +#~ "Erneut versuchen?\n" + +#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." +#~ msgstr "Initialisierung des Moduls zur Konfiguration der Authentifizierung..." + +# SLE12 +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" +#~ msgstr "<p><b>Authentifizierung</b><br></p>" + +#~ msgid "Expert Settings" +#~ msgstr "Einstellungen für Experten" + +#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd." +#~ msgstr "Die Authentifizierungsmethode ist lokal /etc/passwd." + +# SLE12 +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s." +#~ msgstr "Die Passwortverschlüsselungsmethode ist %s." + +#~ msgid "&Change..." +#~ msgstr "Ä&ndern ..." + +#~ msgid "Summary" +#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassung" + +#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)" +#~ msgstr "Samba (Windows-Domäne)" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Authentifizierungsmethode<%2>: %3" + +#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos." +#~ msgstr "<%1>Authentifizierungsmethode<%2>: %3 und Kerberos." + +#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import" +#~ msgstr "<%1>Benutzer<%2> %3 ausgewählt für Import" + #~ msgid "Kerberos" #~ msgstr "Kerberos" Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 20:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Hendrik Woltersdorf <hendrikw@arcor.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <opensuse-translation-de@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ msgstr "Der virtuelle Computer wird konfiguriert..." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 ist die einzige unterstützte Architektur, um virtuelle Maschinen zu betreiben. Ihre Architektur ist " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -57,151 +57,151 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete überprüfen" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration einer Netzwerk-Bridge" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfiguration des VM-Servers (Domäne 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfiguration des VM-Servers</b></big></p><p>Die Konfiguration des VM-Servers (Domäne 0) besteht aus zwei Teilen.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die erforderlichen Pakete werden zunächst im System installiert. Anschließend wird der Bootloader auf GRUB umgestellt (falls nicht bereits verwendet) und der Xen-Abschnitt wird zum Bootloader-Menü hinzugefügt, falls er fehlt.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p>GRUB ist erforderlich, da er den Multiboot-Standard unterstützt, der zum Booten von Xen und des Linux-Kernels erforderlich ist.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wenn die Konfiguration erfolgreich beendet wurde, kann der VM-Server über das Bootloader-Menü gebootet werden.</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Die Installation wird abgebrochen." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Wählen Sie den/die zu installierenden Hypervisor(en)" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "Server: Minimales System, um einen Hypervisor laufen zu lassen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "Werkzeuge: Konfigurieren, Verwalten and Überwachen virtueller Maschinen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM-Server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM-Werkzeuge" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-Container" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC-Daemon" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software zum Verbinden mit einem Virtualisierungsserver" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Virtualisierungs-Client-Werkzeuge" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-Hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen-Server" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen-Werkzeuge" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für lxc ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für das-sled-Client-Schema ist fehlgeschlagen\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Die Paketinstallation für die sles-Schemata ist fehlgeschlagen\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Derzeit läuft der Textmodus. Sollen trotzdem Komponenten für den Grafikmodus installiert werden?" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakete werden überprüft..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Die benötigten Pakete konnten nicht installiert werden." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien von grub2 werden aktualisiert ..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Standard-Netzwerk-Bridge wird konfiguriert..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netzwerk-Bridge." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "<p>Für normale Netzwerkkonfigurationen mit virtuellen Maschinen wird eine Netzwerk-Bridge empfohlen.</p><p>Soll eine Standard-Netzwerk-Bridge konfiguriert werden?<p>" @@ -214,27 +214,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "Die KVM-Komponenten sind installiert. Ihr Host ist bereit für die Installation von KVM-Gastsystemen." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Die KVM-Komponenten sind installiert. Starten Sie bitte die Maschine neu und wählen Sie im Bootmenü den Standard-Kernel, um KVM-Gastsysteme zu installieren." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Bevor Sie Xen-Gastsysteme installieren, starten Sie bitte die Maschine neu und wählen Sie im Bootmenü den Xen-Abschnitt." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Der Xen-Hypervisor und die Tools sind installiert." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Die Virtualisierungs-Client-Werkzeuge sind installiert." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Die libvirt LXC-Komponenten sind installiert." Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:00 UTC (rev 96666) +++ trunk/yast/de/po/vpn.de.po 2016-09-02 21:31:22 UTC (rev 96667) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-12 13:03+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Maik Wagner <maiktapwagner@aol.com>\n" "Language-Team: German <i18n@suse.de>\n" @@ -28,12 +28,10 @@ msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für Gateways" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 -#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "Gateway IP" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#| msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Vorab geteilter Schlüssel" @@ -44,12 +42,10 @@ msgstr "&Anwenden" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 -#| msgid "Show &Next" msgid "Show key" msgstr "Schlüssel zeigen" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 -#| msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Zertifikat/Schlüsselpaar für Gateways" @@ -90,32 +86,24 @@ #. Remove the selected EAP user. #. Remove the selected XAuth user. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 -#| msgid "Please select a card to delete first." msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Wählen Sie einen zu löschenden Benutzer." #. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." -msgstr "" -"Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab" -" verteilten Schlüssel ein." +msgstr "Ein vorab verteilter Schlüssel ist erforderlich. Bitte geben Sie einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel ein." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." -msgstr "" -"Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des" -" Schlüssels an." +msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl den Pfad der Zertifikatsdatei und den Pfad des Schlüssels an." #. Event handlers #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 -#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsselte Zertifikatsdatei" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 -#| msgid "Cannot read certificate file." msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Wählen Sie eine PEM-verschlüsseltes Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei" @@ -124,12 +112,10 @@ msgstr "Vorab verteilter Schlüssel für den Gateway" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 -#| msgid "Read certificates" msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Gatewayzertifikat" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei" @@ -140,7 +126,6 @@ msgstr "Wählen.." #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatsschlüsseldatei" @@ -165,7 +150,6 @@ msgstr "Löschen" #: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 -#| msgid "No Password" msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Passwort zeigen" @@ -175,7 +159,6 @@ #. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 -#| msgid "Gateway" msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Gateway - PSK" @@ -186,22 +169,18 @@ msgstr "&Pfad zum Zertifikat" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 -#| msgid "enable LPD clients" msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Gateway - Mobile Geräte " #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 -#| msgid "Samba or Windows Printer" msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Gateway - Windows Clients" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 -#| msgid "Client &Key" msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Client - PSK" #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 -#| msgid "&Client Certificate" msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Client-Zertifikat" @@ -216,7 +195,6 @@ #. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. #: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 -#| msgid "Configuration name '%1' is already in use" msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "Der Konfigurationsname wird bereits verwendet" @@ -239,13 +217,12 @@ "Sie dürfen nicht zwei laufende Gateways unter einem Szenario haben." #. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439 -#| msgid "The server name is already in configured." +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "Der Benutername wird bereits verwendet." #. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "Kann keine passende Clientverbindung finden." @@ -260,7 +237,6 @@ msgstr "Globale Konfiguration" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 -#| msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "NTP-Daemon aktivieren " @@ -269,7 +245,6 @@ msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 -#| msgid "All Patches" msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Alle VPNs" @@ -278,12 +253,10 @@ msgstr "Neuer VPN" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 -#| msgid "Delete " msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "VPN Löschen" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 -#| msgid "Connection Settings" msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Verbindungsstatus einsehen" @@ -291,38 +264,27 @@ #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible" -" that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit)" -" discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth" -" will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" -"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist" -" es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU" -" (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration" -" verhinden.\n" -"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die" -" verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden." +"Wenn Die VPN-Clients Probleme haben, gewisse Internetsites zu betreten, ist es möglich, dass die betroffenen Hosts automatisches Entdecken der MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) aufgrund falscher Firewallkonfiguration verhinden.\n" +"Senken das TCP-MSS wird die Situation korrigieren. Dennoch, wird die verfügbare Bandbreite um etwa 10% reduziert werden." # #-#-#-#-# printer.de.po (opensuse-de) #-#-#-#-# &W is taken by &Weiter # 2001-06-28 16:18:52 CEST -ke- #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 -#| msgid "Select a connection." msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Verbindung löschen" #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 -#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie die Verbindung löschen wollen" #. Check for incomplete configuration #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 -#| msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" -msgstr "" -"Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n" +msgstr "Bitte vervollständigen Sie die Konfiguration für die folgenden Verbindungen:\n" #. Consider enabling the daemon #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 @@ -335,136 +297,119 @@ #. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 -#| msgid "Configuration has been successfully saved." msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "Einstellungen wurden erfolgreich angewendet." #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 -#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Fehler beim Start des IPSec-Daemons." #: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 -#| msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?" msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" -msgstr "" -"Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?" +msgstr "Möchten Sie die Logdateien und den Verbidungsstatus des Daemon einsehen?" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." -msgstr "" -"Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten." +msgstr "Bitte geben Sie die Gateway-IP an bevor Sie die Zugangsdaten bearbeiten." #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf \"Neues VPN\" um einen Gateway oder Client zu erstellen." #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv4-Netzwerk (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387 -#| msgid "All networks" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Alle IPv6 Netzwerke (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "Begrenzte CIRDs, Komma getrennt:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395 -#| msgid "Connection Management" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Verbindungsname:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398 -#| msgid "Master Server" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Gateway (Server)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 -#| msgid "Clients" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Client" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 -#| msgid "Choose Scenario" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "Das Szenario lautet" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem vorab verteilten Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409 -#| msgid "You must select a certificate." +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation mit einem Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Android, iOS, Mac OS X Clients geben" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Zugriff auf folgendes für Windows 7, Windows 8 Clients geben" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 -#| msgid "External credentials" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Zugangsdaten bearbeiten" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Zugriff für VPN-Clients gewähren auf" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Adresspool der Clients (z.B. 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 -#| msgid "Server Requires Authentication" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "Dieser Gateway erfordert Authentifizierung" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Über einen vorab verteilten Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 -#| msgid "Read certificates" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Über ein Zertifikat" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426 -#| msgid "Default &Gateway IP" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPN Gateway IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Den VPN-Tunnel zum Zugriff auf folgendes wählen" #. They are however allowed in password #: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 -#| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Geben Sie sowohl Benutzername als auch ein Passwort ein" @@ -473,19 +418,16 @@ "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" msgstr "" -"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu" -" verwenden.\n" +"Biette sehen Sie davon ab, Sonder- und Leerzeichen im Benutzername zu verwenden.\n" "Akzeptable Zeichen sind: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, Binde- und Unterstrich" #. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 -#| msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen für die neue VPN-Verbindung ein." #. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. #: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 -#| msgid "Enter the connection name." msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Geben Sie einen VPN-Verbindungsnamen an." @@ -501,30 +443,24 @@ #. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei:" #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 -#| msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Pfad zur Zertifikatdatei." #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." -msgstr "" -"Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst." +msgstr "Bitte speichern Sie den Schlüssel nicht in der Zertifikatsdatei selbst." #. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 -#| msgid "Parsing the certificate file failed." msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Bitte geben Sie sowohl Zertifikatsdatei als auch Schlüsseldatei an." #. Return password string. #: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 -#| msgid "Please enter a password" msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Geben Sie ein Passwort ein." @@ -534,21 +470,15 @@ msgstr "Die Logs werden automatisch alle 3 Sekunden aktualisiert." #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 -#| msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "VPN-Daemon neustarten" #. Restart IPSec daemon service. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 -#| msgid "Confirm Network Restart" msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Neustart des Daemons bestätigen" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 -#| msgid "" -#| "Existing file %1\n" -#| "can be part of new volume set and it can be rewritten.\n" -#| "Do you wish to continue?" msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -557,37 +487,31 @@ "Möchten Sie immer noch fortfahren?" #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 -#| msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart des IPSec Daemons" #. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 -#| msgid "Smart is not available for this disk." msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Status ist nicht verfügbar: Läuft der Deamon?" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172 -#| msgid "Failed to install required packages." +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren des IPSec Paketes" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180 -#| msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Fehler beim Starten des IPSec Daemons." #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210 -#| msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" -msgstr "" -"Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. " +msgstr "Das Setzen der IP-Weiterleistungseinstellungen mit sysctl schlug fehl. " #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -595,54 +519,48 @@ "SuSE Firewall ist eingeschaltet aber nicht aktiviert.\n" "Damit VPN ordentlich funktioniert, wird SuSE Firewall nun aktiviert werden." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234 -#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Fehler beim Neustart der SuSE-Firewall" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the" -" configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" -"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE" -" Firewallkonfiguration.\n" -"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das" -" Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun" -" gestartet.\n" +"Sowohl der VPN Gateway als auch die Clients benötigen eine besondere SuSE Firewallkonfiguration.\n" +"SuSE Firewall ist nicht aktiviert. Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie das Konfiguration nach jedem Neustart starten lassen. Das Skript wird nun gestartet.\n" "Das Skript befindet sich unter %s" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 -#| msgid "Global Settings" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Globale Einstellungen für VPN" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280 -#| msgid "Enable VPN Services" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN- (IPSec) Daemon aktivieren: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281 -msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" -msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" +msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" +msgstr "TCP MSS reduzieren" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 -#| msgid "Create Client Connection" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Gateway und Verbindungen" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Ein Gateway, der Clients versorgt in " #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292 -#| msgid "Read current connection setup" +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Ein Client, der sich mit folgendem verbindet" - +#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s" +#~ msgstr "Reduzieren von TCP MSS auf 1024: %s"